SPORTS REGULATIONS

GENERAL RULES

IMPORTANT: The house reserves the right to cancel bets/plays on events that have been affected as a result of team casualties due to the COVID pandemic and/or any other event of force majeure but that does not require the suspension of the entire event. The bets/plays will be canceled and the money corresponding to the bet will be returned to the player's account. Combined bets/plays may also be cancelled.

Whether or not the accepted bet is won is determined by recording the fact that the chosen event or set of events has taken place, considering the outcome (outcome) of the event. The outcome (result) of the event is determined based on the information provided by the Official Organizer and/or the Organizers of the event. If the initial result of the occurred event has been revoked for any reason later, that fact is disregarded and bets are paid according to the initial (actual) results, except for bets placed on the statistical data of the matches, whose Results are being modified within 24 hours of their initial publication. The initial (actual) result is the result announced by the official organizer and/or the organizers of the event immediately after it ends. also the statistical data recorded during the match to the bookmaker and/or scouting organizations) notifying the match participants about the source of information and the results. And within 72 hours after the end of the event, in case of absence of official information and any information from the source that is considered basis for the Organizer or in case of information that is not efficient for calculation, the bets are calculated. for the fee “1”.

  1. All sports rules are clearly defined in this section and are subject to change without notice.
  2. No play can be canceled once the player has confirmed them, either through the mobile application or the website.
  3. In the case of an evident error in the published line, either: Rotation Number, Names, Quotas, Schedules, as well as any eventuality that may result in an alteration of the quotas, the house reserves the right to cancel the bets or plays and consider them as no action or null which means that all the money played in it will be refunded to the player's account.
  4. In the event of an obvious error in the display of the offered bet line or description, the house reserves the right to cancel the bets or plays and consider them as no action or void, which means that all the money played in the same will be refunded to the player's account.
  5. All minimums, maximums and payouts are subject to change without notice. They may be modified for any client with the approval of the administration.

    The betting limits are dynamic, this means that they can change based on different factors that are evaluated by the internal systems of our platform.

    We reserve the right to cancel bets or withhold payment pending the outcome of any investigation if there is evidence of price or match fixing.

    We reserve the right to cancel any bet placed on a line that is clearly 'wrong'.

    In live betting markets, odds fluctuate rapidly and may differ from those shown at the time the bet is placed. At crucial moments of a match odds can be temporarily suspended.

  6. All claims/disputes of plays (sports) must be notified within three days of the date the play was made. Claims made after the aforementioned date will not be accepted.
  7. The winner of an event or game will be determined on the date the event takes place.
  8. In the situation in which one or several games were suspended, there are protested or annulled decisions, we reserve the right to decide on the definition of these.
  9. The date and time of the kick-off or start of the play given serve as a reference for the house. Plays may be accepted until the previously established kick-off time.
  10. Plays will not be official until after:
    • The total regulatory time according to the tournament and sport in question.
    • The plays made in all periods and quarters are valid only for each one specifically. All plays made in overtime will count for the full overtime, regardless of how many overtimes have passed.
  11. In live and/or pre-match betting, if the game is suspended or ends before the regular betting time, only bets that are already defined during the match will be considered valid.11. En las apuestas en vivo y/o pre-match, si el juego se suspende o termina antes del tiempo reglamentario para apuestas, solo se considerarán válidas las apuestas que ya están definidas durante el encuentro.
  12. Other Sports: All events that have an estimated playing time or time limit must be played to completion in order to be considered official and the plays valid.
  13. In the more and/or less plays (over/under), the extra times will not be included in the final result, with the exception of the following sports:
    • Basketball
    • Football
    • Baseball
  14. Handicap bets do not include extra time in any sport
  15. In the event that an event is suspended, you will have to wait 48 business hours and if it is not resumed, it will be considered invalid.
  16. If a game is changed in time/date (within 48 hours prior to the start date), venue due to weather, lighting, or force majeure problems, all plays are valid
  17. In System bets, what is indicated as "Possible win" in the bets made is the total to win only if the result is a winner in all the events.

TYPES OF BETS

DIRECT OR SIMPLE BETS

Also known as "Money Line" is the simplest way to play, no points, no handicap. There is the option of playing a team to win (two options) and you can also play a draw, which makes the options three: Visit Team, Home Team and Draw.

COMBINED (PARLAYS)

The combined or "Parlay" is a single bet that unites multiple individual bets. An accumulator can be made up of a series of bets on teams or totals, or a mixture of the two. For a combination to be a winning bet, each individual bet that makes it up must also win. If any of the bets that make up the parlay lose, then the entire parlay loses as well. However, if any of the bets that make up the parlay is a tie, "push" or canceled, the bet stands with the remaining bets. A three-team parlay would be converted to a two-team parlay, a two-team parlay would be converted to a straight or single bet, with corresponding payout reductions. Parlay bets on the same team where the Point Spread and Money Line are played are not allowed. Parlays are not accepted where the result of one part of the move contributes to the result of the other (Correlated Plays). All parlay payouts are calculated based on the odds at the time of play.

DIRECT BET WITH HANDICAP

The Handicap is used to put one of the teams in initial advantage. Points or goals are awarded to one of the teams. A team is chosen with their respective handicap.

ASIAN HANDICAP

The Asian handicap gets its name because it is a form of betting that became popular in Asia, and it is nothing more than offering an initial advantage, in the bet, to a specific team. But let's see it with an example. Suppose a match between Real Madrid and Barcelona. So, the Asian handicap bookmaker will offer two different options to choose from:

Real Madrid -1.5

Barcelona +1.5

If we bet that Real Madrid will win the match with a handicap of -1.5, we will lose the bet provided that:

Barcelona wins the match, Draw or Real Madrid wins by only one goal difference

And, on the other hand, we will win the bet, provided that Real Madrid wins the match by a minimum difference of two goals. In other words, it is nothing more than checking if Real Madrid wins the match after subtracting 1.5 goals from those scored in the match. You could, of course, make the opposite bet and bet on the victory of Barcelona. In that case, and with the example handicap, we would win the bet if:

Barcelona lose by one goal

tie

Barcelona win

And we would lose the bet only in the event that Madrid won by more than two goals.

There is also another somewhat more complicated and less intuitive form of Asian handicap, in which a double handicap is applied to the bet. This modality is also called fourth goal handicap. Let's look at a new example.

Real Madrid -0.5 and -1.0

Barcelona +0.5 and +1.0

We bet on the victory of Madrid:

If Madrid win by two goals, or more, both sides of the bet win, making all the winnings.

Madrid wins by one goal, we win one part (-0.5), and the other is null (a null bet is one that, when applying the handicap, the result of the event is a draw. Then, nobody wins and the money wagered on bettors).

If there is a tie, or Madrid loses, both bets are losers. In the other sense, if we bet on the victory of Barcelona:

If there is a tie, both bets are winners

If Barcelona lose by one goal, one bet is a loser (+0.5) and the other is void (+1.0)

If Barcelona lose by more than two goals, both bets lose.

The Asian Handicap bet looks like this:

If the handicap is -0.25 The bet is one at -0 and another at -0.5

If the handicap is -0.75 The bet is one at -0.5 and another at -1

SYSTEM BET (ROUND ROBIN)

In order to create a Round Robin, select at least three or more forecasts (up to 15) that will appear on the bet slip. The type of Round Robin you can create depends on the number of your picks. You will automatically be shown those Round Robins that you can create with the selected forecasts. The big difference with accumulator bets is that not all predictions have to be correct in order to make a profit. A 2/3 Round Robin consists for example of three picks. A win is also achieved if only two of the three forecasts are correct. Please note that when closing the bet the maximum win is displayed. In the Round Robin, combinations are formed with the forecasts issued. Here is an example: You have selected four picks and have decided on a 2/4 Round Robin. This means that you make a total of six bets since six combinations of 2 are formed from the four forecasts. For these six bets, you enter eg. an amount of 50 respectively. Based on the Round Robin principle, you win even if only two of the four predictions are correct. The actual amount of the win depends on the result of the forecasts. In the next step you can see that the total amount for this Round Robin is 300 pesos (6 x 50). As soon as the bet is finished, you will find this system bet in the ”My bets” section. In the bet window you can see which combinations have been formed from the four forecasts.

LIVE SPORTS

Bets placed on "Live Sports" lines will take into consideration the score of the entire match/event/game unless otherwise specified. Regular betting rules apply for each sport. We reserve the right to cancel any live bet where the lines are obviously incorrect, whether due to human error or computer system error. The event must be over for bets to stand on money lines, spreads and totals.

REGULATIONS

The fact of the accepted bet being won or not is determined by recording the fact of the chosen event or set of events having taken place, considering the outcome (result) of the event. The outcome (result) of the event is determined based on the information provided by the official Organizer and/or Organizers of the event. If the initial result of the occurred event has been revoked for some reason later on, then that fact isn’t considered and the bets are payable according to the initial (actual) results except the bets made on the statistical data of the matches, the results of which are being changed within 24 hours of their initial publication. Initial (actual) result is the result which is announced by the official organizer and/or organizers of the event immediately after it is over. If the result of the event (events) isn’t announced by the official Organizer and/or organizers of the event within 72 hours after it is over, then the organizer of the lottery may use other information sources (also the information provided by his/her scoutes and/or international sport information sources, that receive official information from the scoutes, an example of such an organization is “Betradar” company (www.betradar.com), with which cooperates not only the Organizer, but also the majority of international reputable bookmaker companies. Scouts are sport experts, who, being on the location where the events are held and using special working programs receive and transfer information concerning the current and final result of the event, also the statistical data registered during the match to the bookmaker and/or scout organizations) notifying the match participants about the information source and results. And within 72 hours after the event is over, in case of the absence of official information and any information from the source that is considered to be a basis for the Organizer or in case of information that is not efficient for the calculation, the bets are calculated by the odds “1”.

The main rules of accepting bets

The started event may be interrupted, i.e. may not play up to the end for some reason. If the event has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, those outcomes which are determined at the time of its interruption and do not depend on the final result of the event (for example, the team will not score a goal, who will score the first goal, the outcome of the first half, etc.) are taken as a basis for calculating the bets (including online bets).

If a bet has been made on any asset before the expiration date chosen by the participant, the bet is no longer circulated on the world market, the bet is payable with odds 1 only at the end of the expiry period.

In case of errors generated either by employees or software flaws (obvious mistakes in the software, odds, totals, handicaps, discrepancy of odds in different places, non-typical, false odds, etc.) and arguments verifying the inaccuracy of the bet (including online bets), the bet is considered invalid and is subject to refund irrespective of its winning or losing.

INITIAL BET RETURN

Initial bet return functionality provides the players with an opportunity to get back their bet amount if there is no other way for the current score of the match than to be settled as either Returned or Won. Initial bet return option is only available for Live events, for Total (Over) markets with whole-number and Asian arguments.

Suppose the player has placed a bet of 1000 units for the total score (more than 3) with probability 1.6. As soon as the teams score 3 goals in total (the score becomes 2:1, 1:2, 3:0 or 0:3), the bet will get the Temporary Return status (The status will change to 8) and the bet the amount of 1000 units will be returned to the player's balance.

If the score remains the same for the remainder of the match, the bet will be settled as Returned. (The bet status will change to 4).

If more goals are scored during the match, the rest of the won amount (1000*1.6-1000=600) will be transferred to the player's account and the bet will be calculated as Won (bet status will change to 2 , with a total amount won of 1600 units).

In case of Asian markets (double) total or handicap, the bets will be calculated as follows, let's review 2 possible cases.

In the first case, the player has placed a bet of 1000 units for Total (Over 1.25) with odds of 2. It means that the player's bet will be requested in two bets of 500 units: Total (Over 1 ) and Total (Over 1.5) . Once the match score is 1:0, the Total result (over 1) (the first part of the bet) cannot be calculated as lost, therefore 500 units will be transferred to the player's account. The bet status will become HL.

If more goals are scored during the match (eg the score becomes 1:1), both the Total (Over 1) and Total (Over 1.5) results will win. The status of the bet will change to Wo. The amount of the win will be calculated based on the odds of the bet (1000*2=2000 units), and the rest of the amount of the win (1500 units) will be transferred to the player's balance.

In the second case, the player places a bet of 1000 units for Total (Over 1.75) with odds of 3. Again, the player's bet will be requested in two bets of 500 units: Total (Over 1 .5) and Total (More than 2). If the match result is 0:2, half of the stake (Total over 1.5) will win and the other half (Total over 2) will be returned, so the player will receive 500*3+500 =2000 units. The stake status will become HW. If more goals are scored until the end of the match, the bet status will change to Won and the rest of the amount won (1000*3-2000=1000 units) will be transferred to the player's balance.

INTERRUPTED AND POSTPONED EVENTS

Sporting Regulations regarding the terms of calculation of bets for postponed and interrupted sporting events.

GENERAL RULES FOR POSTPONED EVENTS

In case the event that has not yet started is postponed for no more than 24 hours, the bets will remain, and in case the 24 hours pass, the bets will be refunded. If for 24 hours there is information about the postponement of the event for more than 24 hours, the final decision on whether the bets are valid or refunded is made by the bookmakers' office, if the regulations do not provide otherwise. If NBA, NHL, NFL, baseball (MLB) games do not take place on the appointed day, the amounts of the bets are refunded immediately the next day, except in cases where the game is a play-off meeting and when the specified date was wrong.

The started event may be interrupted for some reasons, ie it may not play to the end. Interrupted matches that do not continue or finish for 24 hours are considered completed or not according to the rules for the particular event presented in these Regulations (exceptions are types of sports such as tennis, snooker, badminton, table tennis, for which which the 24-hour limitation is not applicable).

In accordance with these Regulations, the results of the events that are considered concluded are calculated based on the actual results recorded at the time of the interruption, and the results of the events that are considered not concluded are subject to computation with the odds “1” (one), except for the results that are evidently clear at the time of the interruption of the event, whose results do not depend on the final result of the event (for example, the team will score a goal, both teams will score).will score a goal, who will score the first goal, the result of the first half, etc.).

In certain cases, where according to official information it is known that the interrupted event will continue for more than 24 hours but not more than 72 hours, the final decision on whether the bets will remain valid or will be returned will be made by the Organizer. If it is known that the event will not continue during the mentioned period, but will be replayed (the match will start from the beginning), the results of the events, which are obviously clear at the time of the interruption, are subject to calculation. , and the other results are calculated with the odd “1” (one).

RULES FOR THE CALCULATION OF BETS ON INTERRUPTED AND POSTPONED EVENTS

Bets on football

The football match (the duration of 90 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not continued or finished for 24 hours is considered finished if not less than 70 minutes were played in its entirety. If the event has been interrupted and is considered not finished, bets whose results have already been determined at the time of its interruption and do not depend on the final result of the event, are subject to calculation, and all other bets are calculated with the quota “1”.

Betting on ice hockey

The match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered finished if it was played for no less than 50 minutes. In all other cases, the event is considered not completed. Bets on "Winner of the match" are subject to calculation with the odd "1" (one) if the match has been interrupted with the score tied and is considered finished.

If the match has been interrupted and is deemed not to have finished, bets whose results have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all other bets are calculated with the quota “1” (one).

Betting on basketball

The basketball game (the duration of 48 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished for 24 hours, is considered finished if not less than 40 minutes have been played. The match of the duration of 40 minutes, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished for 24 hours is considered finished if not less than 35 minutes have been played. In all other cases, the match is considered not completed. During the tie in the score in the basketball game that has been interrupted and is considered completed, the bets placed on the results "Winner 1" and "Winner 2" are subject to calculation with the odds "1" (one) if not the result "Draw" was offered. in the program (line). If the match has been interrupted and is considered not to have ended, bets the results of which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all other bets are calculated with the quota “1” (one).

Tennis betting

If one of the players (one of the couples) is disqualified for any reason in the tennis match started, or refuses to play, or cannot continue the game, the match ends prematurely, the bets on the game results. as follows:

Bets (including bets placed on statistical data), the results of which at the time of the interruption of the match are clearly known, depending on the format of the match, are considered valid and are subject to calculation. The remaining bets are calculated by odds "1".

If one of the tennis players (couples) refuses to participate in the match before it starts, bets on all results of this match are subject to the odds calculation of "1" (one).

If a match is delayed or interrupted, bets on its outcome remain valid until the end of the tournament in which it was held.

Betting on volleyball and beach volleyball

A volleyball and beach volleyball match that has been interrupted and has not continued or has not finished within 24 hours is considered void. The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to counting (for example, the match was interrupted in the second set, the match was considered unsuccessful, but the first set, which was played in its entirety, that is, has been made, and bets on the result of the last one are subject to calculation), and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1" ( one).

Betting on baseball

According to the Mercy Rule, a baseball game can end prematurely. In such cases, the match is considered to have taken place with the result recorded at the time of the stoppage, and all bets are calculated taking into account the result fixed at the time of the stoppage. (The Mercy Rule law applies when one of the participating teams gains a significant advantage over the opponent. The degree of advantage varies depending on the requirements for championships and tournaments in different countries.)

A baseball game that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 5 complete innings were played. In other cases, the matches are considered invalid. Bets placed on the results "Win 1" and "Win 2" of baseball games that are interrupted with an equal score and considered made are calculated with odds of "1" (one).

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which at the time of the interruption are already clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of “1” ( one). Bets on the results of individual unplayed innings in an interrupted match that is deemed to have taken place are settled at odds of "1" (one).

Bets on Snooker

If for some reason one of the tables is not played, all bets on the results of this table will be calculated with odds "1" (one), and bets on other results will be calculated on the final result (for example , if a player is late at the appointed time for the start of a frame, the referee can assign the victory to the other player and consider the frame won, but in this case the bets on the results of this frame will be calculated with odds “1” ( one)).

Bets on the results of a delayed or interrupted snooker match remain valid until the end of the tournament or championship in which it took place. Until the match has started or continues, all bets on the results of the match will remain valid.

Badminton Betting

If one of the players (pairs) is disqualified for any reason, refuses to play or cannot continue the game, the game ends prematurely and bets on the result of the match are calculated as follows.

Bets whose results are known at the time of the interruption of the match, according to the format of the match, are considered valid and are subject to calculation. The remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1".

If one of the players (pairs) refuses to participate in the game before the start of the match, then the bets on all results of this match are calculated with odds "1" (one).

Bet on bandy

The bandy match (90 minutes long) that was interrupted and not continued or completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 70 minutes have been played. Bandy matches of 60, 70 and 80 minutes that were interrupted and not continued or finished within 24 hours will be considered completed if they were played for at least 48, 56 and 64 minutes, respectively. In other cases, the matches are considered invalid.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which at the time of the stoppage are already clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1" ( one).

Betting on field hockey

Field hockey game (70 minutes long) which was interrupted and not continued or completed within 24 hours is considered played if at least 55 minutes were played.

60-minute field hockey games that were interrupted and not continued or completed within 24 hours are considered played if at least 47 minutes were played. In other cases, the matches are considered invalid. The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which at the time of the stoppage are already clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1" ( one).

Betting on table tennis

If in the started table tennis match, one of the tennis players (a team) is disqualified for any reason, refuses to play or cannot continue the match, the match ends early, then calculate bets placed on the results of that match. as follows:

Bets, the results of which are definitively determined at the time of interruption, depending on the format of the match, are considered completed and are subject to calculation. The bets placed on the other results are calculated with the odd “1” (one).

If one of the sides refuses to participate in the match before its start, the bets placed on the results of the match are calculated with odds "1" (one).

Bets placed on the results of table tennis matches, which were postponed or interrupted, remain valid until the end of the tournament to which they belong.

Betting on table soccer (football)

A table soccer match that was interrupted and not continued or completed within 24 hours is considered to have failed.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which at the time of the stoppage are already clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1" ( one).

Rugby betting (Rugby League and Rugby Union)

A rugby match which was interrupted and not continued or completed within 24 hours is deemed to have taken place if at least 65 minutes were played. Rugby 7, Rugby 9 and Rugby 10 matches are considered played if they have been played in their entirety. In all other cases, the matches are considered to have failed.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

American football betting

A football game that was interrupted and not continued or completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 50 minutes were played. In all other cases, the matches are considered to have failed. Bets on the results "Win 1" and "Win 2" of American football games that took place or were interrupted with an equal score, are calculated with odds of "1" (one). The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of "1" (one ).

Betting on Australian football

An Australian rules football match that was interrupted and not continued or completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 65 minutes were played. 60-minute matches are considered to have taken place if at least 50 minutes have been played. In all other cases, the matches are considered to have failed. Bets on the results "Win 1" and "Win 2" of the Australian rules football matches that took place or were interrupted with an equal score, are calculated with odds of "1" (one). The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1" ( one ).

Betting on curling

A curling match that was interrupted and not continued or completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 5 ends were played in full. In all other cases, the matches are considered to have failed. Bets on the results "Win 1" and "Win 2" of curling matches that took place or were interrupted with an equal score, are calculated with odds of "1" (one).

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

Betting on darts

Darts competitions that have been interrupted for technical reasons or of any other nature and have not continued or finished for 24 hours, will be considered unsuccessful. The results of interrupted and unsuccessful games, which at the time of interruption were already known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of "1" (one ).

Betting on electronic basketball

An e-basketball match that has been interrupted for technical or other reasons and has not continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered unsuccessful.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

The electronic basketball game is considered to have taken place if it has been fully played.

Betting on E-football

An e-football match that has been interrupted for technical or other reasons and has not continued or finished within 24 hours is considered failed.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

The electronic football match is considered to have taken place if it has been played in its entirety.

Betting on e-hockey

An e-hockey match that has been interrupted for technical or other reasons and has not continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered unsuccessful.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

The e-hockey match is considered to have taken place if it has been fully played.

Betting on E-tennis

An e-tennis match, which has been interrupted for technical or other reasons and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered unsuccessful.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

The e-tennis match is considered to have taken place if it has been played in its entirety.

Betting on Floorball

The Floorball match, which was interrupted and not finished within 24 hours, is considered finished if it was played for no less than 50 minutes. In other cases, the match is considered unsuccessful.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of “1” (one).

Betting on electronic baseball

An e-baseball game that has been interrupted for technical or other reasons and has not continued or finished within 24 hours is considered a failed game.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

The electronic baseball game is considered to have taken place if it has been fully played.

Betting on E-Floorball

An e-floorball match that has been interrupted for technical or other reasons and has not continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered unsuccessful.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one). The e-floorball match is considered to have taken place if it has been fully played.

Betting on electronic handball

An e-handball match, which has been interrupted for technical or other reasons and has not continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered unsuccessful.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

The electronic handball match is considered to have taken place if it has been played in its entirety.

Betting on E-rugby

An e-rugby match, which has been interrupted for technical or other reasons and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered unsuccessful.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

The e-rugby match is considered to have taken place if it has been played in its entirety.

Handball betting

The handball match (the duration of 60 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished for 24 hours is considered finished if not less than 50 minutes have been played. Matches of 50 and 40 minutes duration, which have been interrupted and have not continued or finished for 24 hours, will be considered completed if not less than 40 minutes (for the match of 50 minutes duration) and 32 minutes (for the se played the match lasting 40 minutes). In all other cases, the match is considered unsuccessful.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

Betting on simulated reality games

A simulated reality game that has been interrupted for technical or other reasons and has not been continued or finished for 24 hours is considered failed.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful games, which are already clearly known at the time of the game interruption and do not depend on the final result of the game, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

A simulated reality game is considered completed if it is fully played.

Betting on E-volleyball

An e-volleyball match that has been interrupted for technical or other reasons and has not continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered unsuccessful. The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1" ( one ).

The electronic volleyball match is considered to have taken place if it has been fully played.

Betting on E-UFC

An E-UFC match, which has been interrupted for technical or other reasons and has not continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered unsuccessful.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

Betting on MMA (Mixed Martial Arts)

In MMA combats, those rounds that have been developed until the end are considered completed: from the sound signal announcing the start of the previous round to the sound signal announcing the start of the next round or, failing that, from one gong to the next. gong.

If after the start of the next round (after the sound signal) the wrestler does not continue the match for any reason, the match is considered to have ended in the previous round.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

Boxing Betting

A boxing match, which has been interrupted for any reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered unsuccessful.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1 " ( one).

Betting on Klask

A klask match, which has been interrupted and has not continued or finished for 24 hours, is considered failed. The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with the odds "1" (one ) . A klask match is considered completed if it is fully played.

Betting on air hockey

An air hockey game, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished for 24 hours, is considered unsuccessful. The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with the odds "1" (one ) .

Betting on beach soccer

A beach soccer match that was interrupted and not continued or completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 30 minutes were played. In other cases, the matches are considered invalid. The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which at the time of the stoppage are already clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1" ( one).

Betting on water polo

A water polo match that has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished for 24 hours is considered failed. The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which at the time of the stoppage are already clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1" ( one).

Betting on squash

A squash match, which has been interrupted for any reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered unsuccessful. The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the stoppage of the match and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1" ( one ).

Futsal betting

The futsal match (the duration of 40 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not continued or finished for 24 hours is considered finished if not less than 32 minutes were played in its entirety. Matches lasting 50 minutes that have been interrupted and have not been continued or completed for 24 hours will be considered completed if not less than 40 minutes have been played. In other cases, the matches are considered invalid.

The results of interrupted and unsuccessful matches, which at the time of the stoppage are already clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of "1" ( one).

Betting on bowling

In bowling matches already started, if one of the players (teams) wins early (before the end of all scheduled sets or for any other reason) and this fact is recorded on the official website of the championship or tournament, then all bets placed on the results definitely determined at the time of the actual stoppage of the match, as well as on the results “Winner 1” and “Winner 2” are subject to calculation. All other bets are subject to calculation with odds "1" (one).

The bowling match, which has been interrupted and has not continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered not finished. The results of interrupted and uncompleted matches, which have already been determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all other bets are calculated at odds "1". (one).

Betting on Cricket

All bets placed on the results of cricket matches that have been interrupted due to weather or any other reason are subject to calculation taking into account the information provided by the official websites of the current tournament or championship. If there is no official information about the interrupted match for 24 hours, then all bets are subject to calculation with the odd “1” (one), except for bets whose results have already been determined and do not depend on the final result of the match.

Betting on Cybersport

If one of the teams (players) does not continue the game for any reason (the player or team is late for the scheduled time of the event, refuses to continue the game for any reason, technical problem, etc.), then all bets whose results are clearly known due to the format of the game, are considered completed and subject to calculation. And all other bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one), except in cases where one of the teams gives up according to the rules of the game.

In Cybersport, if a game is paused to resume later, the results of the stopped game are not taken into account when calculating bets on the results of the game, even if they are clearly known. The results of the resumed game are the basis for the calculation of the bets placed on the results of the stopped games.

The game that has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished for 24 hours, or there is no official information about the further course of the game, then all bets are subject to calculation with the odds "1" (one).

BETS ON SOCCER

On football matches, bets are accepted on regular time, unless the provider specifies otherwise in the program (line). The results recorded during extra time and penalty shootouts are not taken into account in the calculation of bets placed on the results offered for regulation time. Compensated time refers to the regular time of the corresponding half time or full time. The full time of a soccer game is 90 minutes (each half lasts 45 minutes). For the football match conducted in another format, an announcement is made, informing about the format of the match, in the program (line). In football matches, the match format may also change during the match. In this case, the bets are subject to calculation according to the final result, if the notice, informing about the possible change of format, has been made in the program (line). If the notice has not been made in the program (line), all bets are subject to computation with the odd "1" (one), except for bets, the result of which has already been determined and does not depend on the format of the bet. party.

The football match (the duration of 90 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not continued or finished for 24 hours is considered finished if not less than 70 minutes were played in its entirety. If the event has been interrupted and is considered not to have been completed, bets whose results have already been determined at the time of its interruption and do not depend on the final result of the event, are subject to calculation, and all other bets are calculated with quota “1”.

Result

Result: offers to predict which team will be the winner of the match. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: Team 1 wins.

Win 2: Team 2 wins.

X: the match ends in a draw.

Double chance

Double Chance: It is offered to predict two match results simultaneously, and if one of the results is correctly predicted, the bet will be settled as won. The following betting options are available:

1X: the match ends with the victory of team 1 or a tie.

12: the match ends with the victory of team 1 or team 2.

X2: the match ends with team 2 winning or drawing.

The example:

If the match ends with the score 2:2, bets 1X and X2 will win, and bet 12 will lose.

Tie without bet

Draw without bet: Offered to predict the victory of one of the teams; however, if the match ends in a draw, the stake will be refunded. The following betting options are available:

Team 1: the match ends with the victory of team 1. In case of a tie, the bet will be refunded.

Team 2: the match ends with the victory of team 2. In case of a tie, the bet will be refunded.

Total

Total: is offered to predict whether the total number of goals scored will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available.

Total over: the number of goals must exceed the selected value of the bet argument. In case the total number of goals and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet is refunded.

The example:

The bet: total over (3). In this bet, “3” is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of goals scored in the match must be greater than 3. In case the total number of goals is equal to 3, the bet will be refunded.

Total Under: The number of goals must be less than the selected value of the bet argument. In case the total number of goals and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: low total (3). In this bet, “3” is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of goals scored in the match must be less than 3. In case the total number of goals is equal to 3, the bet will be refunded.

Three Way Total

Triple Total: Offered to predict the number of goals scored in the match. The following betting options are available:

Total over: the number of goals scored must exceed the selected value of the bet argument.

The example

The bet: total over (3). In this bet, “3” is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of goals scored in the match must be greater than 3.

Total equals: the number of goals scored must be equal to the selected value of the bet argument.

The example

Total equals (3): In this bet, “3” is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of goals scored in the match must be 3.

Total Under: The number of goals scored must be less than the selected bet argument value.

The example

the bet: low total (3). In this bet, “3” is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of goals scored in the match must be less than 3.

First action in the next 5 minutes

First Action in Next 5 Minutes - Offered to predict which action will be taken first in the match during the specified 5 minute period. The following betting options are offered:

  • Launch on
  • Free kick
  • Goal kick
  • Corner kick
  • Penalty Awarded
  • No fixed part

The example

The player made the bet First Action in the Next 5 Min: Corner (15:00-19:59). For the bet to be calculated as won, from minute 15 and 00 seconds to minute 19 and 59 seconds, a corner kick must be taken the first in the mentioned period of the match.

*Note: On the website, this market is offered in a separate Quick Markets tab (like the tabs for first half, second half, corners, etc.)

Next minute

Next Minute: Offered to predict that a certain action will (will not) be performed during the specified one-minute period. The following betting options are offered:

  • Goal: yes/no
  • Corner kick: yes/no
  • Goal kick: yes/no
  • Free kick: yes/no
  • Include: yes/no
  • Card: yes/no
  • Penalty awarded: yes/no

The example

The player placed the Next Minute bet: Goal Yes (02:00 – 02:59). For the bet to be calculated as won, from the 2nd minute 00 seconds to the 2nd minute 59th second a goal must be scored in the match.

*Note: On the website, this market is offered in a separate Quick Markets tab (like the tabs for first half, second half, corners, etc.)

First half or match

First Half or Match: Offered to predict the team's victory either in the first half or full time of the match. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: Team 1 must win in the first half or full time of the match.

Х: Either the first half or full time of the match must end in a draw.

Win 2: Team 2 must win in the first half or full time of the match.

The example:

If the first half of the match ends with a score of 1:2 and the entire match ends with a score of 3:2, then bets on Win 1 and Win 2 will be settled as won. and the bet on X will be lost. .

Equipment for marking

Team to score: betting is offered on whether the teams will score goals in the match or not. The following betting options are available:

Team 1 to score:

Yes: Team 1 must score at least one goal in the match.

No: Team 1 must not score any goals in the match.

Team 2 to score:

Yes: Team 2 must score at least one goal in the match.

No: Team 2 must not score in the match.

Both teams to score:

Yes: Each team must score at least one goal in the match.

No: A team must not score a goal or neither team must score.

Only one team to score:

Yes: Only one of the teams must score goals in the match.

No: Either two teams must score goals or neither team must score.

Full time and total result

Full time result and total: betting on the result of the match and the total of the match is offered simultaneously. To win such a bet, both the match result and the match total must be correctly predicted.

The example:

The bet: Win 1 and Over (1.5). To win the bet, team 1 must win the match andthe total number of goals must be greater than 1.5. If a part of the bet is not predicted correctly, the bet will be calculated as a loss.

First Goal

First goal: it is offered to predict which team will score the first goal. The following markets are available:

1 to score: the first goal must be scored by team 1.

2 to score: the first goal must be scored by team 2.

No Goal: Neither team must score a goal in the match.

Total Goals

Total Goals: Offered to predict the total number of goals scored in the match.

Result in the specified time range

Result in the specified time range: Offered to predict the result of the match in the specified time range. For this type of bet, the result, which was fixed before the start of the specified time interval, is not included in the calculation.

The example:

The bet: Win 1:16-30 min. To win the bet, team 1 must be the winner of the match in the specified time interval. Note that the result, which was set before the start of the specified time interval, is not included in the calculation.

Suppose that at minute 16 the match score was 0-0 and at minute 27 team 1 scores a goal. In this case, the bet is won.

Now suppose that by minute 16 the score was 2-0 (goals were scored in minutes 10 and 14), and from minute 16 to minute 30 no goal was scored. . In this case, the bet is lost, since the result obtained before the 16th minute is not included in the calculation.

Total in the specified time range

Total in the specified time range: is offered to predict whether the total number of goals scored will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument in the specified time range. For this type of bet, goals that were scored before the start of the specified time interval are not included in the calculation.

The example:

The bet: Total of 16-30 more minutes (0.5). To win the bet, the total number of goals scored in this particular time interval (from minute 16 to minute 30) must be greater than 0.5. However, the result, which was set before the 16th minute, is not included in the calculation.

Suppose the score at minute 16 was 0-0 and at minute 20 the score becomes 0-1. In this case, the bet is won.

Now, suppose the score at minute 16 was 0-1 (the goal was scored at minute 4). From minute 16 to 30 no goals were scored. In this case, the bet is lost, since the goal occurred before the specified period.

Handicap

Handicap: The handicap is the advantage or disadvantage in goals/corners/, attributed to a team. The team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after making handicap adjustments.

Positive: In this type of handicap, the team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after the goal advantage, the number of which is defined as the argument of the handicap, is added to the team's final score.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 2 (2). The bet is placed on team 2, and "2" is the handicap argument. To win this bet, team 2 must be the winner of the match after adding the 2 goal advantage to their final score. Let's review three possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 2:1. When we add the 2 goal lead to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 2:3. In this case, the bet wins, since after adjustment of the handicap advantage, team 2 is the winner of the match.

The match ended with the score 3:0. When we add the 2 goal lead to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 3:2. In this case, the bet is lost, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, team 2 is not the winner of the match.

The match ended with the score 2:0. When we add the 2 goal lead to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 2:2. In this case, the bet is refunded, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, the result becomes a draw.

Negative: In this type of handicap, the team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after subtracting from the team's final score the number de goals defined by the handicap value argument.

The example:

The bet: handicap 1(-2): The bet is placed on team 1, and “-2” is the handicap argument. To win the bet, team 1 must be the winner of the match after subtracting 2 goals from their final score. Let's review the possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 4:1. When we subtract 2 goals from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 2:1. In this case, the bet wins, since after handicap adjustments, team 1 is still the winner of the match.

The match ended with the score 2:1. When we subtract 2 goals from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 0:1. In this case, the bet is lost, since after handicap adjustments, team 1 is no longer the winner of the match.

The match ended with the score 4:2. When we subtract 2 goals from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 2:2. In this case, the bet is refunded, since after handicap adjustments, the result becomes a draw.

Asian Handicap (Double)

Asian Handicap (Double): In this type of bet, the value of the handicap argument is the number, which is the multiple of 0.25 (which means that you can hit for 0 .25 leaving no remainder). For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc When you place an Asian handicap bet, your bet amount is automatically called on two equal bets with the same odds, however, with two different bet arguments. Here, the argument of a bet will be the number that is received when we add 0.25 to the value of the general argument. The argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after subtracting 0.25 from the value of the argument.

The example:

The bet is Handicap 2 (1.75) at odds 3. The bet is placed on team 2 and "1.75" is the argument of the bet here. Suppose the bet amount was 100; means that the bet is requested in two bets:

Handicap 2 (1.5), with the bet amount 50 and the odd 3 (the bet argument here: 1.75-0.25)

Handicap 2 (2), with bet amount 50 and odds 3 (bet argument here is 1.75+0.25)

Therefore, we receive two regular handicap bets and the calculation will be made on the results of these two bets. Let us now review the possible calculation options for this bet:

The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely won. It means that two bets will be won: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2). To calculate the amount of the win, the amount of the general bet is multiplied by the odds of the bet. The bet amount is 100 and the probability is 3. Therefore, the amount won is 100 × 3 = 300.

The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely lost. It means that two bets will be lost: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2). For example, with the score 3:0, both bets will be lost.

Handicap 2 (1.75) bet is partially lost and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets will be lost and the other will be refunded. For example, with the score 2:0, the Handicap 2 (2) bet will be refunded and the Handicap 2 (1.5) bet will be lost. In this case, the amount refunded will be equal to half of the amount of the general bet. The general bet amount is 100, so the refunded amount will be 50.

Now, let's review the example of the Asian handicap bet, which is calculated as partially won and partially refunded:

The bet is Handicap 2 (0.25) with odds 2, the bet amount is 200. The bet is placed on team 2 and "0.25" is the argument of The bet. It means that the bet is requested in two bets:

Handicap 2 (0.5), with a bet of 100 and an odd of 2 (the bet argument here: 0.25+0.25)

Handicap 2 (0), with the bet amount of 100 and the odd of 2 (the bet argument here: 0.25-0.25)

Suppose the match ended with the score 0-0. Then this bet will be calculated as partially won and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets is settled as won and the other as refunded. In this case, the bet: Handicap 2 (0.5) will be settled as won and the bet Handicap 2 (0) will be settled as refunded. The winning amount is calculated according to the following formula:

bet amount × (odds+1) ÷ 2

So, if we calculate the amount of the bet, it will be 200 × (2+1)÷2=300.

Asian (double) total

Total Asian (double): in this type of total bet, the bet value argument is the number, which is the multiple of 0.25 (meaning that you can hit for 0.25 without rest). For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc When you place an Asian total bet, your bet amount is automatically called on two equal bets with the same probability, but with two different total arguments. Here, the argument of a bet will be the number that is received, after adding 0.25 to the value of the argument. The argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after subtracting 0.25 from the value of the argument.

The example:

The bet: Total over (0.75) with odds of 2.5. Here "0.75" is the argument of the bet. Suppose the bet amount was 200. Therefore, we receive two regular bets in total:

Total over (1) with bet amount of 100 and odds of 2.5 (bet argument here is 0.75+0.25)

Total over (0.5) with bet amount of 100 and odds of 2.5 (bet argument here is 0.75-0.25)

Therefore, we receive two ordinary total bets and the calculation will be made on the results of these two bets. Let's review the possible calculation options for this bet:

Total bet greater than (0.75) is fully won. Means that two bets: Total plus (1) and Total plus (0.5) must be settled as won. For example, in case the match result is 1:1, both bets will be settled as won. To calculate the win amount, the overall Asian bet amount is multiplied by the odds of the bet. In this case, 200 × 2.5 = 500.

Total bet greater than (0.75) is completely lost. It means that two bets: Total plus (1) and Total plus (0.5) must be resolved as lost. For example, in case the match result is 0:0, both bets will be settled as lost. In this case, the player loses the amount of the bet.

Total bet greater than (0.75) is partially won and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets must be settled as won and the other as refunded. For example, in case the match result is 1-0, the bet: Total plus (0.5) will be settled as won and the bet: Total plus (1) will be settled as refunded. The winning amount here is calculated according to the following formula:

bet amount × (odds+1) ÷ 2

So, if we calculate the amount of the bet, it will be 200 × (2.5+1) ÷2=350.

Now let's review the example of the Asian total, which will be calculated as partially lost and partially refunded.

The bet: total under (1.75) with odds of 1.5. Here “1.75” is the argument of the bet. Suppose the bet amount is 300. Therefore, we receive two regular bets in total:

Total under (2) with bet amount of 150 and odds of 1.5 (bet argument here is 1.75+0.25)

Total under (1.5) with bet amount of 150 and odds of 1.5 (bet argument here is 1.75-0.25)

Suppose the match ended with the score 2:0. Then this bet will be calculated as partially lost and partially refunded. In this case, the bet: Total less than (1.5) will be settled as lost and the bet: Total less than (2) will be settled as refunded. In this case, the user will be refunded half of the amount of the general bet. The general bet amount was 300, so the refunded amount will be 150.

Double

Double: Offered to predict if the same player will score two goals in the match.

Hat Trick

Hat-trick: it is offered to predict if the same player will score three goals in a match.

Poker

Poker: it is offered to predict if the same payer will score four goals in the match.

European handicap (Triple handicap)

European Handicap (Score) - European Handicap betting assumes that two teams will be given a certain point advantage before the start of the match. The following betting options are available:

Win 1: Team 1 must convert the match winner after making handicap adjustments.

X: Score must be tied after making handicap adjustments.

Win 2: Team 2 must convert the winner of the match after making handicap adjustments.

The example:

Win 1: European handicap (2:1). It means that we must add two points to the result of team 1 and we must add one point to the final result of team 2. For the bet to be won, after the adjustments made, team 1 must be the winner of the match.

Suppose the match ended with the score 4:3, when we adjust the handicap points the score becomes 6:4. Therefore, the bet wins, since after adjusting the handicap points, team 1 is the winner of the match.

Correct punctuation

Correct score: It is offered to predict the exact score, with which the main time of the match will end.

Even/Odd

Odd/Even: Offered to predict whether the total number of predefined values ​​(eg goals, points, corners, rebounds, penalty minutes, etc.) will be an odd or even number.

Kick off

Kick-Off: Offered to predict which team will start the match from midfield.

Winning Margin

Margin of victory: Offered to predict the difference in the number of goals with which the team on which the bet is placed will win in the match.

The example:

The bet: Team 1: margin of victory 2. To win the bet, team 1 must win with two goals difference.

Win to zero

Win To Nil: Offered to predict that the team the bet is placed on will win the match and not allow the other team to score any goals. In other words, for the bet to win, the other team's final score must be 0.

Yellow cards

Yellow cards (warnings): Betting on the number of yellow cards is offered.

Note that if the same player receives two yellow cards in the match, the second one is not included in the calculation of yellow cards; the second yellow card is considered a red card.

The following betting options are offered:

Yellow Cards Over: the total number of yellow cards received in the match must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Yellow Cards Under: the total number of yellow cards received in the match must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Yellow Cards H1: Team 1 must become the winner on yellow card scoring after making handicap adjustments.

H2 Yellow Cards: Team 2 must become the winner on yellow card scoring after making handicap adjustments.

First substitution

First substitution: it is offered to place bets on the first substitution. The following betting options are offered:

1st change team 1: to win the bet, the 1st change must be made by team 1.

1st change team 2: to win the bet, the 1st change must be made by team 2.

1st change both teams at the same time: to win the bet, both teams must make the 1st change at the same time.

1st substitution: no one: for the bet to win, no substitutions must be made in the match

1st Substitution: At 1st Half: To win the bet, the 1st Substitution must be made at 1st Half.

1st Substitution: At Half Time: To win the bet, the 1st Substitution must be made at half time.

1st Substitution - In 2nd Half: To win the bet, the 1st Substitution must be made in the 2nd Half.

Total substitution

Total Substitutions: is offered to predict whether the total number of substitutions will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are offered:

Total Substitutions Overcome: the number of substitutions made must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Total Subs Under: the number of substitutions made must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Tie

Tie Points: Offered to predict if the match will end with a tie point. The scoring tie presupposes any tie result except 0-0. In the event that the bet is placed on a tie and the match ends 0-0, the bet will be settled as lost.

To qualify

Qualify: offers to predict if the team on which the bet is placeda will qualify for the selected stage of the given tournament.

The example:

The bet: To qualify for the 1/2: team 1: To win the bet, team 1 must advance to the 1/2 finals of the given tournament.

Corner Kicks

Corners: it is offered to place bets on the number of corner kicks taken in the match. The following betting options are offered:

Corners Over: For the bet to win, the total number of corner kicks taken must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Corners Under: For the bet to be won, the total number of corner kicks taken must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

H1 Corners: For the bet to be won, Team 1 must become the winner on the corner kick score after making handicap adjustments.

H2 Corners: For the bet to be won, Team 2 must become the winner on the corner kick score after making handicap adjustments.

Corners Result Win1: For the bet to be won, Team 1 must become the winner on the corners score.

Corners Results Win 2: For the bet to be won, Team 2 must become the winner on the corners score.

Corner Results Draw: For the bet to be a winner, both teams' corner kick scores must be equal.

1st corner

1st Corner: Offered to predict which team will take the 1st corner kick in the match. If there were no corners in the match and no "no corners" bets were offered, then the bet on the first corner will be refunded. The following betting options are offered:

1st corner kick: team 1: to win the bet, the 1st corner kick must be taken by team 1.

1st corner kick: team 2: to win the bet, the 1st corner kick must be taken by team 2.

1st Corner - No One: No corners must be taken to win the bet.

Minute of the 1st corner

Minute of 1st corner: is offered to predict if the minute of the first corner kick will be before or after the argument of the selected value of the bet. The following betting options are available:

1st Corner Minute: Over: for the bet to be won, the 1st corner kick must be taken after the minute, defined by the selected value of the bet argument.

Minute of 1st corner: Under: for the bet to be won, the 1st corner kick must be taken before the minute, defined by the selected value of the bet argument.

Last corner

Last Corner: Offered to predict which team will take the last corner of the match. The following betting options are available:

Last corner: team 1: to win the bet, the last corner kick must be taken by team 1.

Last Corner - Team 2: To win the bet, the last corner kick must be taken by Team 2.

Last Corner - No One: Only one corner kick must be taken in the match to win the bet.

Next corner

Next corner: it is offered to predict which team will take the next corner kick after the bet is placed. The following betting options are available:

Next Corner - Team 1: For the bet to win, the next corner kick after the bet is placed must be taken by Team 1.

Next Corner - Team 2: For the bet to win, the next corner kick after the bet is placed must be taken by Team 2.

Corner of all four sides

Corner from all four sides: it is offered to predict if corner kicks will be taken from all four sides of the field during the match. The following betting options are available:

Corner from all four sides: yes: at least one corner kick must be taken from each side of the field to win the bet.

Corners from all four sides: for the bet to be won, corner kicks must not be taken from at least one side of the pitch.

The half with the highest score

The highest scoring time: it is offered to predict in which half the greatest number of goals will be scored. The following betting options are available:

1st < 2nd: the highest number of goals (scored by two teams together) will be scored in the second half.

1st = 2nd: The same number of goals (scored by two teams together) will be scored in both halves.

1st > 2nd: the highest number of goals will be scored in the first half.

The example:

If the first half score was 1:3, which means the total number of goals is 4, and the second half score is 1:1, which means the total number of goals is 2, then bet on 1st > 2nd won, and bets on 1st < 2nd and 1st = 2nd lose.

Rest of the match

Rest of the match: it is offered to predict the result of the match, which will be fixed from the minute the bet was placed until the end of the match. Please note that the result, which was fixed in the match before placing the bet, is not included in the calculation. The following betting options are offered:

Remainder of match: Win1: For the bet to be a winner, team 1 must be the winner of the match from the moment the bet was placed.

Remainder of Match: Win2: For the bet to be a winner, Team 2 must be the winner of the match from the moment the bet was placed.

Rest of the Match: Tie: for the bet to be a winner, the tie must be established from the moment the bet was placed.

The example:

The match score at minute 75 is 3-1. The bet is placed in the 76th minute. Rest of the match: Win2. In the 85th minute, team 2 scores 1 more goal and team 1 scores no more goals, so the final score is 3-2. In this case, the bet is won, despite the fact that team 1 is the winner of the match, since only the score set after the bet was placed counts for this type of bet, and the score from the 76th minute Until the end of the match it was 0-1.

Penalty

Penalty: offered to place bets on the number of penalties taken during the match. (The penalty kick is a way of restarting play, in which the player takes a single shot at the goal defended solely by the opposing team's goalkeeper.) The following betting options are provided:

Penalty: yes: For the bet to win, at least one penalty must be taken.

Penalty: no: for the bet to win, no penalties must be taken.

Penalty Exceeded: For the bet to win, the number of penalties must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Penalty: Low: For the bet to win, the number of penalties must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Taking a penalty for Panenka's shot

Execute penalty by Panenka shot: It is offered to predict if any penalty of the match will be executed by Panenka shot. (Panenka Kick is a penalty kick that is delicately introduced into the back of the net after the goalkeeper has prematurely dived to the side of the goal.) The following betting options are provided:

Yes: For the bet to win, at least one Panenka Kick penalty must be taken in the match.

No: No penalties taken by Panenka Kick must be taken in the match for the bet to win.

Missing a penalty

To miss a penalty: is offered to predict if the team on which the bet is placed will miss a penalty (to miss a penalty-not to score a goal by penalty). The following betting options are available:

To miss a penalty: team 1: to win the bet, team 1 must miss at least one penalty.

To miss a penalty: team 2: to win the bet, team 2 must miss at least one penalty.

To score a penalty

Score a penalty: offers to predict if the team you are betting on will score a penalty (to score a penalty- score a goal by penalty). The following betting options are available:

To score a penalty: team 1: to win the bet, team 1 must score at least one penalty goal.

To score a penalty: team 2: to win the bet, team 2 must score at least one penalty goal.

The VAR video assistant referee system will be used

The referee system will be usedVideo Assistant Referee: Offered to predict whether the video assistant referee system will be performed during the match. The following betting options are offered:

Yes: In order to win the bet, the video assistant referee system must be used during the match.

No: To win the bet, the video assistant referee system must not be used during the match.

Total

Direct: is a type of bet, where you can predict the winner of a particular championship among its participants.

The example:

The bet: Denmark, the winner of Euro 2020: yes. The bet implies that Denmark will become the winner of the Euro 2020 Championship.

Relegated

Relegation: is offered to predict that a team will be relegated within the framework of a given competition (relegation in football is when a team is transferred to a lower position in a league based on the results obtained ). The following betting options are available:

Yes: To win the bet, the team must be relegated in the frames of a certain championship.

No: For the bet to win, the team must not be relegated in the frames of a certain championship.

Total distance traveled

Total distance covered: is offered to predict if the total distance covered by two teams during the match will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are offered:

Total distance travelled: for the bet to win, the total distance traveled by the team on which the bet is placed must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Total distance covered: for the bet to be won, the total distance covered by the team on which the bet is placed must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Next minute (specified time)

Next minute (specified time): offers to predict what action will take place the minute after the bet is placed. The following betting options are offered:

Goal: yes/no

Corner kick: yes/no

Goal kick: yes/no

Free kick: yes/no

Include: yes/no

Card: yes/no

Penalty awarded: yes/no

First action in the next 5 minutes (specified time)

First action in the next 5 min. (specified time) - it is offered to predict which action will be performed first for 5 minutes from the moment the bet was placed. The following betting options are offered:

  • Outside
  • Free kick
  • Goal kick
  • Corner kick
  • Penalty awarded
  • No fixed part

Next Target Method

Next Goal Method: Offered to predict how the next goal will be scored. The following betting options are offered:

  • Normal Goal/No Head
  • Header
  • Free kick
  • Fine
  • Own goal
  • No goal

Possession

Possession (%): is offered to place bets on possession of the ball in the match. The following betting options are offered:

Possession (%) higher: the ball possession percentage of the team on which the bet is placed will be higher than the selected value of the bet argument.

Possession (%) Low: the ball possession percentage of the team on which the bet is placed will be lower than the selected value of the bet argument.

Goal in both halves

Goal in both halves: is offered to predict whether the goals will be scored in both halves of the match or not. The following betting options are offered:

Yes: To win the bet, at least one goal must be scored in each half.

No: For the bet to win, no goals must be scored in at least one half.

1st substitution

1st substitution: it is offered to place bets on the first substitution. The following betting options are offered:

Team 1: To win the bet, Team 1 must make the first substitution.

Team 2: To win the bet, Team 2 must make the first substitution.

Both teams at the same time: To win the bet, both teams must make the first substitution at the same time.

No one: for the bet to be won, no substitutions must be made.

In the 1st half: To win the bet, the first substitution must be made in the 1st half.

At half-time: for the bet to be won, the first substitution must be made at half-time.

In the 2nd half: for the bet to be won, the first substitution must be made in the 2nd half.

Substitutions

Substitutions: is offered to predict whether the number of substitutions made will be higher or lower than the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are offered:

Substitutions passed: the number of substitutions will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Minor substitutions: the number of substitutions will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Substitute to mark

Substitute to Score: Offers to predict if the player he replaces will score goals. The following betting options are offered. The following betting options are offered:

Yes: For the bet to win, a substitute player must score at least one goal.

No: To win the bet, the player he replaces must not score.

Over: For the bet to win, the number of goals scored by a player he replaces must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Low: For the bet to win, the number of goals scored by a player he replaces must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

1st minute of yellow card

Minute of the 1st yellow card: it is offered to predict the time interval in minutes, during which the first yellow card will be awarded.

The example:

The bet First yellow card minute from 1 to 21. To win the bet, the first yellow card must be received in the interval from 1 to 21 minutes.

First to Happen

First to Happen: Offers to predict which action will take place first in the match. The following betting options are offered:

  • Outside
  • Missing
  • Goal kick
  • Corner
  • Offside
  • Goal

How the first goal is scored

How the first goal is scored: It offers to predict how the first goal will be scored. The following betting options are available:

  • Normal Goal/No Head
  • Header
  • Free kick
  • Fine
  • Own goal

Passes completed (%)

Passes Completed (%): It is offered to place bets on the percentage of passes made during the match. The following betting options are available:

Passes Completed (%) on: ​​for the bet to win, the percentage of passes made during the match must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Passes Completed (%) Low: For the bet to win, the percentage of passes made during the match must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Short passes completed (%)

Short Passing Completion (%): is offered to predict if the short passing percentage of the team on which the bet is placed is over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Short Passes Completed (%) on: ​​For the bet to win, the percentage of short passes made during the match must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Short Pass Completion (%) Low: For the bet to win, the percentage of short passes made during the match must be less than the selected bet argument value.

Average Passes Completed (%)

PassesAverage Passing (%): Offered to predict if the average passing percentage of the team being bet on is over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Average Passes Completed (%) on: ​​for the bet to be won, the percentage of average passes made during the match must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Average Pass Completion (%) Low: For the bet to win, the percentage of average passes made during the match must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Long passes completed (%)

Long Passes Completed (%): is offered to predict if the long passes percentage of the team on which the bet is placed is over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

Long Passes Completed (%) on: ​​for the bet to win, the percentage of long passes made during the match must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Long Passes Completed (%) Low: For the bet to win, the percentage of long passes made during the match must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Expulsion

Send Off: Offered to predict if a send off will occur during the match. (Send-off is the situation where a player is removed from the field by a referee due to a serious infraction of the rules) The following betting options are available:

Expulsion yes: to win the bet, at least one expulsion must be made in the match.

Expulsion no: for the bet to be won, no expulsion must be made in the match.

Dismissal: More: for the bet to be won, the number of dismissals in the match must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Dismissal: Low - For the bet to win, the number of dismissals in the match must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Part time/Full time

Break/Full time: It is offered to predict the results of the first half and the full time of the match simultaneously. For the bet to be won, both outcomes must be correctly predicted. The following betting options are available:

Win1/Win1: To win the bet, Team 1 must win both the first half and the entire match.

Win1/Draw: To win the bet, Team 1 must win in the first half and the entire match must end in a draw.

Win1/Win2: To win the bet, team 1 must win in the first half and team 2 must win in the entire match.

Draw/Win1: For the bet to win, the first half must end in a draw and Team 1 must win the entire match.

Draw/Draw: For the bet to win, both the first half and the entire match must end in a draw.

Draw/Win2: For the bet to win, the first half must end in a draw and Team 2 must win the entire match.

Win2/Win1: To win the bet, team 2 must win in the first half and team 1 must win in the entire match.

Win2/Draw: To win the bet, Team 2 must win in the first half and the entire match must end in a draw.

Win2/Win2: To win the bet, Team 2 must win both the first half and the entire match.

Shooting on target

Shots on goal: it is offered to place bets on the number of shots on goal. Shot on goal is any goal attempt when the ball enters the net and when the ball would have entered the net had it not been stopped by a goalkeeper save. Shots that directly hit the goal frame are not counted as shots on goal, unless the ball goes in and is awarded as a goal. The following betting options are available:

Shots on goal passed: for the bet to win, the number of shots on goal taken must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Under target shots: for the bet to be won, the number of shots on target must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Shots on target H1: for the bet to winda, team 1 should be the winner on the bullseye scoreboard after making handicap adjustments.

Shots on Bullseye H2: For bet to win, Team 2 must be the winner on the Bullseye scoreboard after making handicap adjustments.

Offside

Offsides: It is offered to place bets on the number of offsides. (A player is in an 'offside position' if he/she is in the opposing team's half of the field and also 'closer to the opponents' goal line than the ball and the penultimate opponent while involved in the active game.) The following betting options are offered:

Offsides Over: To win the bet, the number of offsides must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Offsides Under: For the bet to win, the number of offsides must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

H1 Offside: Team 1 must be the winner on the offside score after making handicap adjustments for the bet to be won.

H2 Offside: To win the bet, Team 2 must be the winner on the offside score after making handicap adjustments.

Fouls

Fouls: it is offered to bet on the number of fouls. A foul is an act committed by a player, which the referee considers unfair. The following betting options are offered:

Fouls Over: For the bet to win, the number of fouls must be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

Fouls Under: To win the bet, the number of fouls must be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Fouls H1: For the bet to be won, team 1 must be the winner on the foul score after making handicap adjustments.

H2 Fouls: For the bet to be won, team 2 must be the winner on the foul score after making handicap adjustments.

Group place

Place in the group: it is offered to predict which place in the group the team on which the bet is placed will occupy. The following betting options are offered:

1st Place: To win the bet, the team must be ranked 1st in the group.

2nd Place: To win the bet, the team must be in 2nd place in the group.

3rd Place: To win the bet, the team must be ranked 3rd in the group.

4th place: for the bet to be won, the team must be in 4th place in the group.

1st or 2nd: To win the bet, the team must be 1st or 2nd in the group.

2nd or 3rd: To win the bet, the team must be 2nd or 3rd in the group.

3rd or 4th: To win the bet, the team must be 3rd or 4th in the group.

Race to a certain number of points

Race for certain number of points: offered to predict which team will score the indicated number of goals in the match.

The example:

The 3 Point Race Bet: Team 1. To win the bet, Team 1 must first score three goals.

Total Minutes Draw Score

Total Minutes Draw Score: Offered to predict the total (summarized) number of minutes during which the match score was equal.

Minutes of lead

Minutes ahead: Offered to predict the time in minutes during which the team held a leading position on the scoreboard.

The example:

The bet Team 1 Minutes Ahead: Over 31.5. For the bet to win, the total time during which team 1 held the leading position in the match must be greater than 31 minutes.

Result or both to mark

Result or Both Score - Offered simultaneously to place a bet on the outcome of the match and whether both teams will score (not score) goals in the match. The bet will be calculated as won if at least one of the predictions made is correct. The following betting options are available:

1 or both teams to score: yes

X or both teams to score: yes

2 or both teams to score: yes

1 or both teams to score: No

X or both teams to score: No

2 or both teams evento mark: No

The example

Player has placed a bet: 1 or Both to Score – Yes. The bet will be settled as won if the first team wins the match or if each team scores at least one goal.

1st half or both to score

1st Half or Both Score - Offered simultaneously to place a bet on the outcome of the 1st half of the match and whether both teams will score (or not) goals in the match. The bet will be calculated as won if at least one of the predictions made is correct. The following betting options are available:

Win 1 in 1st half or both teams to score: Yes

Either in the first half or both teams to score: Yes

Win 2 in 1st half or both teams to score: Yes

Win 1 in 1st half or both teams to score: No

Either in the first half or both teams to score: No

Win 2 in the first half or both teams to score: No

The example

Player has placed a bet: 1st Half Draw or Both Teams To Score-Yes. The bet will be settled as won if the first half ended in a draw or if each team scores at least one goal.

2nd half or both to score

2nd Half or Both Score - Offered simultaneously to place a bet on the outcome of the 2nd half of the match and whether both teams will score (or not) goals in the match. The bet will be calculated as won if at least one of the predictions made is correct. The following betting options are available:

Win 1 in 2nd half or both teams to score: Yes

Tie in 2nd half or both teams to score: Yes

Win 2 in 2nd half or both teams to score: Yes

Win 1 in 2nd half or both teams to score: No

Tie in 2nd half or both teams to score: No

Win 2 in 2nd half or both teams to score: No

The example

Player placed a bet: win 1 in 2nd half or both teams to score: yes. The bet will be settled as won if the first team wins the second half of the match or if each team scores at least one goal.

Result or Total

Result or Total: is offered simultaneously to place a bet on the outcome of the match and whether the total number of goals scored will be higher (lower) than the selected value of the bet argument. The bet will be calculated as won if at least one of the predictions made is correct. The following betting options are available:

  • Win 1 or more
  • Draw or over
  • Win 2 or more
  • Win 1 or Less
  • Draw or below
  • Win 2 or less

The example

The player made a bet: Win 2 and Over (2.5). The bet will be settled as won if the second team wins the match or if at least 3 goals are scored during the match.

Full or both to mark

To score total or both: it is offered simultaneously to place the bet on the number of goals scored in the match above (below) the selected value of the bet argument and whether both teams will score (not score) goals in the match . match. The bet will be calculated as won if at least one of the predictions made is correct. The following betting options are available:

Both teams will score: Yes or More

Both teams will score: No or More

Both teams will score: Yes or Under

Both teams will score: No or Under

The example

The player has made a bet: Both teams score -Yes or more (3.5). The bet will be settled as won if each team scores at least one goal or if the total number of goals scored is at least 4.

The bets offered on the outcomes of football matches:

The first team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 1”.

Draw in the match (half-time) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 2”.

The first team will not lose the match (half-time) – “1Х”.

One of the teams will win the match (half-time) – “12”.

The second team will not lose the match (half-time) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored in match (half-time) to be even (odd).

Bets on the Highest Scoring Half (in which half more goals will be scored):

Three betting options are available:

  1. The first half will be more productive – “1 > 2” (the number of goals scored in the first half will be higher than in the second half).
  2. Productivity of the halves will be the same – “1 = 2” (the equal number of goals will be scored in both halves).
  3. The second half will be more productive – “1 < 2” (the number of goals scored in the second half will be higher than in the first half).

Bets on final score of match:

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the match from the options available in the program (line).

Bets on the result registered in half-time and full-time of match:

It is offered to predict the outcomes of half-time and full-time of match simultaneously. 9 betting options are available:

“1/1”: victory of the first team in both half-time and full-time. 

“1/X”: victory of the first team in half-time and draw in full-time.

“1/2”: victory of the first team in half-time and victory of the second team in full-time.

“X/1”: draw in half-time and victory of the first team in full-time.

“X/X”: draw in both half-time and full-time.

“X/2”: draw in half-time and victory of the second team in full-time. 

“2/1”: victory of the second team in half-time and victory of the first team in full-time.

“2/X”: victory of the second team in half-time and draw in full-time.

“2/2”: victory of the second team in both half-time and full-time. 

Bets on the first (the second) team to score (not to score) a goal.

Bets on the both teams to score (not to score) a goal.

Bets on at least one of the teams not to score (to score) a goal.

Bets: a goal to be scored (not to be scored) in the first (second) half.

Bets: which team will score the first (the second or the next) goal in match (in the half)

Bets: in which of the offered time ranges the first (the second or the next) goal will be scored (the time ranges in minutes are specified inclusively).

Bets: which team will score the last goal in match.

Bets: in which of the offered time ranges the last goal will be scored (the time ranges in minutes are specified inclusively).

If only one goal is scored in match, it is considered to be both the first and the last goal.

For example, if the match ends with the score 1:0, the scored one goal is considered to be both the first and the last goal. Thus, the bets made on the outcomes “the first team to score the first goal” and “the first team to score the last goal” are considered to be won.

The bets: which team will perform kick-off in match:

The TV channels and streams stated by the organizer in the program (line) are taken as basis during calculation of the bets made on this outcome. If the outcome of the event is not determined from the mentioned sources, the information issued by the websites included in the table is taken as basis during the calculation. If the outcome cannot be determined from the above-mentioned sources, the bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on penalty to be awarded (not to be awarded) in match.

Bets on sending off (red card) to be awarded (not to be awarded) in match. 

Bets on own goal to happen (not to happen) in match.

Own goal is the ball scored into the team’s own goal. Own goal is considered to be on behalf of the team in favor of which the goal was recorded.

Bets on the first team to be winner in the number of cautions (yellow cards) in match (the half) – “Win1”.

Bets on both teams to receive equal number of cautions (yellow cards) in match (the half) – “Draw”.

Bets on the second team to be winner in the number of cautions (red cards) in match (the half) – “Win2”.

Bets on the first team to win (not to lose) in the number of cautions (yellow cards) in match (the half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

Bets on the second team to win (not to lose) in the number of cautions (yellow cards) in match (the half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on number of cautions (yellow cards) to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument.

Bets on number of cautions to be even (odd).

Bets: the player of which team will receive the first caution (yellow card) in match (the half) or two teams will receive the first caution simultaneously.

(If, according to the official match report, two teams received the first caution at the same minute of the same playing situation, and this outcome was not offered by the provider in the program, the bets made on the outcomes “the first team to receive the first caution” and “the second team to receive the first caution” are calculated with the odds 1 (one)).

Bets on the time range, in which the first caution will be awarded to any team’s player (the time ranges in minutes are specified inclusively).

Bets: which team will receive the next caution (none of the teams will receive the next caution).

If a player was sent off after two cautions, during calculation of the bets made on cautions (yellow cards) only one of them is taken into account, the second received caution (yellow card) is calculated as a red card.

For example, in the match a player was awarded two yellow cards and was sent off, no further cautions were awarded. In this case, the bets will be calculated considering that one yellow card and one red card were recorded in the match.

During calculation of the bets made on sending off-s and cautions only the ones, awarded to the players directly involved in the play at that moment, are taken into account. Sending-offs and cautions, awarded to the players in reserve, the players, who had participated in match, but were substituted, the coach or coaching staff are not taken into account during calculation of bets made on sending-off-s and cautions. Sending-off-s and cautions, awarded after the final whistle, are also not taken into account during calculation of bets made on sending off-s and cautions.

The recorded time of sending-off or caution is considered the time, when referee shows yellow or red card to the player.

Bets on the first team to be winner in the number of corner kicks in the match (half-time) – “Win1”.

Bets on both teams to perform equal number of corner kicks in the match (half-time) – “Draw”.

Bets on the second team to be winner in the number of corner kicks in the match (half-time) – “Win2”.

Bets on the first team to win (not to lose) in the number of corner kicks in the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

Bets on the second team to win (not to lose) in the number of corner kicks in the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the number of performed corner kicks to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument.

Bets on the number of performed corner kicks to be even (odd).

Bets: which team will perform the first corner kick in match.

Bets on the time range, within which the first corner kick will be performed (the time ranges in minutes are specified inclusively).

Bets: which team will perform the next corner kick (none of the teams will perform the next corner kick).

A corner kick is considered performed only when the ball is thrown in from a corner kick point. The recorded time of corner kick is considered the time, when the corner kick is awarded by referee. If the corner kick was awarded, but was not performed, it is not taken into account during calculation of bets on corner kicks.

Bets: which team will make the first substitution (both teams will make the first substitution simultaneously).

Bets on the number of made substitutions to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument.

Bets: in which of the offered time ranges the first substitution will be made (the time ranges in minutes are specified inclusively).

Bets on substitute player to score (not to score) a goal.

Bets on the first substitution to be made in the first half (half-time, the second half).

Bets on the number of free kicks in match to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument.

Bets on the number of off-sides in match to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument.

Bets: in match the ball possession time of the first team (the second team), expressed in percentage, will be over (under) the offered value of bet argument (expressed in percentage).

Bets on:

  1. Goal kick to happen the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options, offered in the program (line), a goal kick was awarded the first (the last) in match, and it was performed).
  2. Throw in (after out) to be performed the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options, offered in the program (line), throw in was awarded the first (the last) in match and, it was performed).
  3. Corner kick to happen the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options, offered in the program (line), a corner kick was awarded the first (the last) in match, and it was performed).
  4. Foul to happen the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options, offered in the program (line), a free kick (including penalty kick) was awarded, and it was performed).
  5. Offside to happen the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options offered in the program (line), offside was registered the first (the last) in match, and the match restarted by an indirect free kick.
  6. Goal to happen the first (the last) in match. (The bet is considered won if from the options offered in the program (line), a goal was registered the first (the last) in match).

The recorded time of “Goal Kick”, “Throw in”, “Corner Kick”, “Free kick”, “Penalty”, “Indirect Free Kick”, “Offside” and “Goal” is considered the time, when the above-mentioned events were awarded (recorded) by referee. These outcomes are considered completed (performed) if:

“Goal Kick” – was awarded and the ball was thrown in from the assigned point.

“Throw in” – was awarded and the ball was thrown in from the point where the ball crossed the touch-line.

“Corner Kick”- was awarded and the ball was thrown in from the corner kick point.

“Free Kick” – was awarded and the match restarted by a free kick.

“Penalty” – was awarded and performed.

“Indirect free kick” – was awarded and taken from the assigned point.

“Offside” – was awarded and the ball was thrown in by an indirect free kick.

“Goal”- the ball was registered in opponent’s goal.

Bets on the specified player to score (not to score) a goal.

Own goal is not taken into account during calculation of the above-mentioned bets. If the specified player does not enter the field during match (does not participate in the game), the bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets: whether in the match:

Double will be registered (the same player will score precisely two but not more goals in match).

Hat-trick (the same player will score precisely three but not more goals in match).

Poker (the same player will score precisely four but not more goals in match).

Penta-Trick (the same player will score precisely five but not more goals in match). 

The outcomes of these bets are calculated on the following basis: the registration of penta-trick, performed by the given player, does not also imply the registration of poker, hat-trick or double performed by him (the same way, the registration of poker does not imply the registration of hat-trick and double and the registration of hat-trick does not imply the registration of double). If in match 5 balls were scored in opponent’s goal by the same player, it does not mean the registration of both hat-trick and double, the calculation is made according to the final result recorded in match. If two or more of the above-mentioned outcomes were registered by different players, the bets will be calculated as won.

For example, if in the same match both double and poker are registered by different players, the bets made on the outcomes “Poker” and “Double” will be considered as won.

Bets: how the given goal will be scored:

  1. Own goal will be recorded (if the ball is scored into the team’s own goal)
  2. Header will be recorded (if the goal is scored by a head kick in the opponent’s goal)
  3. Free Kick will be recorded (if the goal has been scored in opponent’s goal by free kick without playing out the ball. If the goal has been scored by a direct corner kick, it is also considered to be the goal scored by a free kick.
  4. Penalty will be recorded (if the goal has been scored by direct penalty kick; the case, when the goal is scored after the ball has reentered the play or has been turned away, is not taken into account during the calculation of this bet).
  5. Regular goal will be recorded (if the goal is scored by a foot kick or in the other allowed ways, except for head kick; if the goal is scored not by a free kick and a penalty; and if the goal is not an own goal.

Bets: the given team will (or will not) have come-from-behind victory.

Come-from-behind victory means that the team must lose at any point during the match before finishing victorious.

Bets on total sum of numerals presented on the t-shirts of the players, who scored goals in match: “total over (under) the offered value of bet argument”.

The players, who scored own goals, are not taken into account during calculation of the above-mentioned bet. The numerals of the players, who scored more than one goal, are calculated only once.

Bets on scored goals and match result:

It is offered to predict scored goals and match result. The following betting options are available:

  1. “Both teams to score a goal and Win1”
  2. “Both teams to score a goal and Draw”
  3. “Both teams to score a goal and Win2”
  4. “Total of match to be over (under) the given value of bet argument and Win1”
  5. “Total of match to be over (under) the given value of bet argument and Draw”
  6. “Total of match to be over (under) the given value of bet argument and Win2”

Bets on the other outcomes of matches can be offered by the provider in the program (line).

Bets on the number of minutes to be added to the end of match (the half) by referee.

During calculation of bets made on these outcomes the following is considered:

  1. The time (in minutes) displayed on the illuminating board by assistant referee.
  2. The information about the added time (in minutes) displayed on tv-screen.
  3. The information provided by the websites that are included in the table.

The sources, which are taken as basis during calculation of above-mentioned bets, are arranged in priority order. If the outcome of the bet cannot be determined by any of these sources, the bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

If the information about the displayed added time (in minutes) and the actual playing time differ, the displayed time is taken into account during calculation of the bets.

If the information about the additional time (in minutes) displayed on tv screen or illuminating board by an assistant referee is changed (increased or decreased) in future for some reason, the bets are calculated according to the initially displayed information.

The tournaments’ official websites, included in the table, are taken as basis during calculation of bets made on the outcomes of football matches (except for the bets “which team will perform kick-off” and “bets on the number of minutes, which will be added to the end of match (the half) by referee”).

The football match (the duration of 90 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if not less than 70 minutes were fully played. If the event has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of its interruption and do not depend on the final result of the event, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1”.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of football matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON ICE HOCKEY

In ice hockey the bets are accepted on regular time of match, except for the market “Match winner”, during the calculation of which the result registered in overtime or penalty shootout is also taken into account. The results registered in overtime and penalty shootout are not taken into account during the calculation of the bets made on the outcomes offered for regular time.

The match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered finished if it was played for no less than 50 minutes. In all other cases, the event is considered not completed. Bets on "Winner of the match" are subject to calculation with the odd "1" (one) if the match has been interrupted with the score tied and is considered finished. If the match has been interrupted and is considered not finished, bets whose results have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all other bets are calculated with the quota “1” (one).

Result

Result:offered to predict which team will be the winner of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Win 1: win team 1
  • Win 2: win team 2
  • X: the match ends in a draw

Winner of the match (including OT and shootouts)

Winner of the match (including OT and shootouts): is offered to predict the winner of the match taking into account overtime and penalty kicks. Overtime is designated if the score is tied at the end of three periods. In case the tie is not broken after extra time, penalty kicks are awarded. The following betting options are available:

  • Winner of the match (including OT and shootouts): win1 – team 1 will be the winner of the match taking into account overtime and penalty kicks
  • Winner of the match (including OT and shootouts): win2 – team 2 will be the winner of the match taking into account overtime and penalty kicks

Double chance

Double Chance - Offered to predict two match results simultaneously, and if one of the results is correctly predicted, the bet will be settled as won. The following betting options are available:

  • 1X: the match ends with the victory of team 1 or a draw
  • 12: the match ends with the victory of team 1 or team 2
  • X2:match ends with team 2 winning or drawing

The example

If the match ends with the score 2:2, bets 1X and X2 will win, and bet 12 will lose.

Disadvantage

Handicap: handicap is the advantage or disadvantage in goals, which is attributed to a team. The team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after making handicap adjustments.

Positive Handicap: In this type of handicap, the team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after the goal advantage, the number of which is defined as the argument of the handicap, it is added to the team's final score.

The example

The bet Handicap 2 (2). The bet is placed on team 2 and (2) is the handicap argument. To win this bet, team 2 must become the winner of the match after adding the 2 goal advantage to their final score. Let's review three possible outcomes of this bet:

  • The match ended with the score 2:1. When we add the 2 goal lead to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 2:3. In this case, the bet wins, since after adjustment of the handicap advantage, team 2 is the winner of the match.
  • The match ended with the score 3:0. When we add the 2 goal lead to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 3:2. In this case, the bet is lost, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, team 2 is not the winner of the match.
  • The match ended with the score 2:0. When we add the 2 goal advantage to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 2:2. In this case, the stake is refunded, since after handicap advantage adjustments, the result becomes a draw.

Negative Handicap: In this type of handicap, the team on which the bet is placed must convert the winner of the match after the number of goals defined by the handicap value argument is subtract from the team's final score.

The example

The handicap bet 1(-2): The bet is placed on team 1,and (-2) is the handicap argument. To win the bet, team 1 must be the winner of the match after subtracting 2 goals from their final score. Let's review the possible outcomes of this bet:

  • The match ended with the score 4:1. When we subtract 2 goals from team 1's final score, the score becomes 2:1. In this case, the bet wins, since after handicap adjustments, team 1 is still the winner of the match.
  • The match ended with the score 2:1. When we subtract 2 goals from the final score of team 1, the score becomes 0:1. In this case, the bet is lost, since after handicap adjustments, team 1 is no longer the winner of the match.
  • The match ended with the score 4:2. When we subtract 2 goals from team 1's final score, the score becomes 2:2. In this case, the stake is refunded, since after handicap adjustments, the score becomes a tie.

Asian Handicap (Double)

Asian Handicap (Double): In this type of bet, the value of the handicap argument is the number, which is the multiple of 0.25 (which means that you can hit for 0 .25 without remainder). For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc When you place an Asian handicap bet, your bet amount is automatically called on two equal bets with the same odds, however, with two different bet arguments. Here, the argument of a bet will be the number that is received when we add 0.25 to the value of the general argument. The argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after subtracting 0.25 from the value of the argument.

The example

The bet is Handicap 2 (1.75) at odds 3. The bet is placed on team 2 and "1.75" is the argument of the bet here. Suppose the bet amount was 100; means that the bet is requested in two bets:

Handicap 2 (1.5), with the bet amount 50 and odds 3(bet argument here: 1.75-0.25)

Handicap 2 (2), with bet amount 50 and odds 3(bet argument here 1.75+0.25)

Therefore, we receive two regular handicap bets and the calculation will be made on the results of these two bets. Let us now review the possible calculation options for this bet:

  • The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely won. It means that two bets will be won: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2). To calculate the amount of the win, the amount of the general bet is multiplied by the odds of the bet. The bet amount is 100 and the probability is 3. Therefore, the amount won is 100 × 3 = 300.
  • The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely lost. It means that two bets will be lost: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2). For example, with the score 3:0, both bets will be lost.
  • The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is partially lost and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets will be lost and the other will be refunded. For example, with the score 2:0, the Handicap 2 (2) bet will be refunded and the Handicap 2 (1.5) bet will be lost. In this case, the amount refunded will be equal to half of the amount of the general bet. The general bet amount is 100, so the refunded amount will be 50.

Now, let's review the example of the Asian handicap bet, which is calculated as partially won and partially refunded:

The bet Handicap 2 (0.25) with odds 2 and the bet amount of 200. The bet is placed on team 2 and "0.25" is the argument of the bet. It means that the bet is requested in two bets:

Handicap 2 (0.5), with the bet amount of 100 and the odd of 2 (the bet argument here: 0.25+0.25)

Handicap 2(0), with the bet amount of 100 and the odd of 2 (the bet argument here: 0.25-0.25)

Suppose the match ended with the score 0-0. Then this bet will be calculated as partially won and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets is settled as won and the other as refunded. In this case, the bet: Handicap 2 (0.5) will be settled as won and the bet Handicap 2 (0) will be settled as refunded. The winning amount is calculated according to the following formula:

bet amount × (odds+1) ÷ 2

So, if we calculate the amount of the bet, it will be 200 × (2+1) ÷2=300.

Total Over/Under

Total Over/Under: is offered to predict whether the total number of goals scored will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument:

Total Over: the number of goals must exceed the selected value of the bet argument. In case the total number of goals and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet is refunded.

The example

The Total bet on (3). In this bet, “3” is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of goals scored in the match must be greater than 6. In case the total number of goals is equal to 6, the bet will be refunded.

Total under: the number of goals must be less than the selected value of the bet argument. In case the total number of goals and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet is refunded.

The example:

The total bet low (6). In this bet, "6" is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of goals scored in the match must be less than 6. In case the total number of goals is equal to 6, the bet will be refunded.

European handicap (imaginary)

European Handicap (imaginary): betting on European handicap assumes that two teams will be given a certain point advantage before the start of play. The team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after making handicap adjustments for both teams.

The example

The bet Win 1: European Handicap (2:1). It means that we must add two points to the result of team 1 and we must add one point to the final result of team 2. For the bet to be won, after the adjustments made, team 1 must be the winner of the match. Suppose the match ended with the score 3:3, when we adjust the handicap points the score becomes 5:4. Therefore, the bet wins, since after adjusting the handicap points, team 1 is the winner of the match.

1st goal

1st goal: offered to predict which team will score the first goal of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Team 1 to score: Team 1 will score the first goal
  • Team 2 to score: Team 2 will score the first goal
  • No goal: no goals will be scored

Correct punctuation

Correct Score: Offered to predict the exact score of the match.

The example

The Correct Score bet 1:5. For the bet to be calculated as won, the match must end with the score 1:5.

(Selected) Goal

(Selected) Goal: Offers to predict which team will score the selected goal. The following betting options are available:

  • Team 1 to score: the selected goal will be scored by team 1
  • Team 2 to score: the selected goal will be scored by team 2
  • No goal: the selected goal will not be scored

The example

The 10-th goal bet: team 1 to score. For the bet to be calculated as won, the tenth goal must be scored by team 1.

Team to score their 1st record

Team to score their 1st puck: is offered to predict in which period the team will score their first goal. The following betting options are available:

  • 1st period: the team will score the first goal in the 1st period of the match
  • 2nd period: the team will score the first goal in the second period of the match
  • 3rd period: the team will score the first goal in the 3rd period of the match
  • will not score: the selected team will not score a goal

The example

Team 1's bet to score their 1st puck: 1st period. For the bet to be settled as won, team 1 must score their first goal in the first period.

1st disc

1st puck: Offered to predict when the first goal will be scored. The following betting options are available:

  • 1st period: the 1st goal will be scored in the first period
  • 2nd period: the 1st goal will be scored in the second period
  • 3rd period: the 1st goal will be scored in the third period
  • will not score: no goals will be scored in all periods

The team will not lose and the match total

The team will not lose and the total of the game: is offered to predict that the team will not lose in the match and, at the same time, to predict if the total number of goals scored in the match will be above or below the selected value of the bet argument. For the bet to be calculated as won, both outcomes must be correctly predicted. The following betting options are available:

  • The team will not lose and the total of the match: more: the team will not lose in the match and the total number of goals scored during the match will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument .
  • The team will not lose and the total of the match: less: the team will not lose in the match and the total number of goals scored during the match will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

The example

The bet Team 1 will not lose and the total of the match is greater than (5). For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must not lose and the total number of goals (scored by two teams) must be greater than 5. For example, if the match ends with the score 3:3, the bet will be settled. will calculate as earned. because team 1 did not lose and the total number of goals scored is 6.

Team to score first and win

Team to Score First and Win: Offered to predict if the team will score first and win the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Team to score first and win: yes– the team will score first and win the match (for the bet to be calculated as won, two results must be predicted correctly)
  • Team to score first and win: no– the team will not score first or win the match (or two options simultaneously)

The example

Team 2's bet to score first and win: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 2 must score first and be the winner of the match.

Team to score first and not win

Team to score first and not win: offered to predict if the team will score first, but not win the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Team to score first and not win: yes– the team will score first, however will not win the match (for the bet to be settled as won, two outcomes must be predicted correctly)
  • Team to score first and not win: no– the team will not score first or win the match (or two options simultaneously<)

The example

Team 1's bet to score first and not win: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must score the first, however, not be the winner of the match (the match must end in a draw or with the victory of team 2)

Win from behind

Win Behind: Offered to predict the team to win, however the team the bet is placed on must lose at any point in the match before being victorious.

The example

Team 1 wins behind bet: yes. Suppose that in the 36th minute the match score was 2-3, however, the match ended with the score 4-3. In this case, the bet will be settled as won, because team 1 won the match and during the match there was a point where team 1 was losing.

Win at least 1 Period

Win at least 1 Period: is offered to predict the victory of the team in at least one period of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Win at least 1 Period: yes– the team the bet is placed on will win in at least one period
  • Win at least 1 Period: no– the team the bet is placed on will not win in any of the periods

The example

The bet Wins 1 at least 1 period: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win in at least one period.

Total wins and matches

Total winias and matches: It is offered to bet on the result of the match and the total number of goals scored simultaneously (for the bet to be calculated as won, both the result and the total of the match must be correctly predicted).

The example

The bet: Win 1 and Over (1.5). To win the bet, team 1 must win the match and the total number of goals must be greater than 1.5.

Equipment for marking

Team to Score: Offers to predict if the team will score goals in the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Team 1 to score:
    • Yes: Team 1 will score at least one goal
    • No: Team 1 will not score any goals
  • Team 2 to score:
    • Yes: Team 2 will score at least one goal
    • No: Team 2 will not score any goals
  • Both teams score:
    • Yes: each team will score at least one goal
    • No: one of the teams will not score goals or both teams will not score goals
  • Only one team to score:
    • Yes: only one team will score goals
    • No: either both teams will not score goals or both teams will score goals

Minute of the 1st goal

Minute of 1st goal: is offered to predict the time interval during which the first goal will be scored.

The example

The bet 1st minute of goal: from 26 to 60 min. For the bet to be calculated as won, the first goal must be scored in the time interval from 26 minutes to 60 minutes.

minute of last goal

Minute of last goal:offered to predict the time interval during which the last goal will be scored.

The example

The bet Last minute goal: 56-60 min. For the bet to be calculated as won, the last goal must be scored in the time interval from minute 56 to minute 60.

Result of overtime

Overtime Result: Offered to predict the result of overtime (in ice hockey, overtime is designated if the score is tied at the end of 3 periods). The following betting options are available:

  • Win 1: Team 1 will be the winner of overtime
  • Win 2: Team 2 will be the winner of overtime
  • X: overtime will end in a draw

Team to score 2 goals in a row

Team to Score 2 Goals in a Row: Offered to predict if the team will score 2 goals in a row. The following betting options are available:

  • Team to score 2 goals in a row: yes– the team will score 2 goals in a row
  • Team to score 2 goals in a row: no–
  • the team will not score 2 goals in a row

The example

Team 1 bet to score 2 goals in a row: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must score two goals in a row.

Goal in each period

Goal in each period: is offered to predict if goals will be scored in each of the three periods of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Goal in all periods: yes– At least one goal will be scored in each of the three periods.
  • Goal in all periods: no– No goals will be scored in at least one of the three periods.

Empty net goal

Empty net goal: it is offered to place bets on the number of empty net goals. In ice hockey an empty goal net is the goal, which is scored in the goal of the team that replaced the goalkeeper for the sixth player. Thus, the goalkeeper leaves the field and the sixth player enters the game. The following betting options are available:

  • Empty net goal: yes– at least one goal will be scored in the empty net
  • Empty net goal: no– no goals will be scored in the empty net
  • Empty net goal: more– the number of goals scored in the empty net will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument
  • Empty net goal: under– the number of goals scored in the empty net will be less than the selected value of the bet argument

Scoring a goal with the short hand

Scoring a Short Hand Goal: Offered to place bets on the number of short hand goals. In ice hockey, a shorthand goal is the situation where the team scores a goal when at least one player outnumbers them on the ice. The following betting options are available:

  • To score a short-handed goal: yes –at least one free-kick will be scored in the match
  • To score a short-handed goal: no –outnumbered goals will not be scored in the match
  • To score a short handed goal: more –the number of goals scored shorthanded will be greater than the selected bet argument value
  • To score a short handed goal: under– the number of goals scored short handed will be less than the selected bet argument value

Penalty failed. Score a goal

Penalty failed. Score a Goal: Offered to predict if during the penalty shootout, the selected penalty will score a goal. Penalty shootouts are designated if the tie is not broken after extra time. The following betting options are available:

  • Penalty failed. Score a goal: yes–
  • the selected penalty kick will score a goal
  • Penalty failed. Score no goal– the selected penalty will not score a goal

The example

The bet 2º The penalty shootout. Score a goal: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, the 2nd penalty must score a goal.

Total goals scored during power play

Total Power Play Goals: Offered to predict if the total number of power play goals will be over or under the selected bet argument value . In ice hockey, the team is said to be on a power play, when at least one opposing player is sent into the penalty box, so the team has a numerical advantage on the ice and manages to score from this position. As long as both teams have the same number of players on the ice, there is no power play. The following betting options are available:

  • Total Goals Scored During Power Play: Over –The total number of goals scored during Power Play will be greater than the selected bet argument value.
  • Total Goals Scored During Power Play: Under– the total number of goals scored during power play will be less than the selected bet argument value.

Number of goals

Number of goals: Offered to predict the total number of goals scored.

The example

The bet Number of goals:6. For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of goals scored must be precisely 6.

High scoring period

Highest scoring period: is offered to predict in which period the highest number of goals will be scored. The following betting options are available:

  • 2>1: the number of goals scored in the second period will be higher than in the first period
  • 3>1: the number of goals scored in the third period will be higher than in the first period
  • 3>2: the number of goals scored in the third period will be higher than in the second period

Win in all periods

Win in all periods: offered to predict if the team will win in all three periods of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Win in all periods: yes– the team will win in all three periods
  • Win in all periodos: no– the team will not win in at least one of the periods

The example

The bet wins 2 in all periods: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 2 must win in all three periods.

Winning Margin

Winning margin: It is offered to predict the difference in the number of goals with which the team will win in the match.

The example

The bet Team 1: margin of victory 2 goals. To win the bet, team 1 must win by two goals difference.

Total of all periods

Total of all periods: is offered to predict if the total number of goals scored in each of the three periods will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Total of all periods: more: the total number of goals scored in each of the three periods will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument
  • Total of all periods: less: the total number of goals scored in each of the three periods will be less than the selected value of the bet argument

The example

The total bet of all periods: more than (3). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of goals scored in each period must be greater than 3.

Each team more/less

Each Team Over/Under: is offered to predict whether the total number of goals scored by each team will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Each team: more –the number of goals scored by each team will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Each team: low –the number of goals scored by each team will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

The example

The bet Each team: more (2.5). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of goals scored by each team must be greater than 2.5.

Draw in at least one of the periods

Draw in at least one of the periods: It is offered to predict if the tie will be fixed in at least one period of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Draw in at least one of the periods: yes – at least one of the periods will end in a tie
  • Draw in at least one of the periods: no – none of the periods will end in a draw

Win at least 2 periods

Win at least 2 periods: it is offered to predict the victory of the selected team in at least 2 periods. The following betting options are available:

  • Win at least 2 periods: yes –the selected team will win in at least 2 periods
  • Win at least 2 periods: no –the selected team will not win in 2 periods

Team to win by penalty shootouts

Team to win on penalty shootouts: it is offered to predict if the selected team will win the match on penalty shootouts. Penalty shootouts are designated if the tie is not broken after extra time. The following betting options are available:

  • Team to win on penalty shootouts: yes – the selected team will win the match on penalty shootouts.
  • Team to win on penalty shootouts: no – the selected team will not win the match on penalty shootouts.

The example

The Team 1 bet to win on penalties: yes. For the bet to be settled as won, team 1 must win the match on penalties.

The match ends in extra time

Match ends in extra time: offered to predict if the winner of the match will be decided during extra time. The following betting options are available:

  • The match ends in extra time: yes – the winner will be decided during extra time
  • The match ends in extra time: no – the winner will not be decided during extra time

Greset to zero

Win To Nil: Offered to predict that the team the bet is placed on will win the match and not allow the other team to score any goals. In other words, for the bet to win, the other team's final score must be 0.

The example

The Team 1 bet to win is zero. For the bet to be settled as won, team 1 must win the match by not allowing the opposing team to score a goal.

Total Odd/Even

Total Odd/Even: offered to predict whether the total number of goals scored will be odd or even (0 is considered an even number)

The example

The Total Odd/Even Bet: Odd. For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of goals must be odd (for example, 1, 3, 5, 7, etc.)

1st Period Draw

1st Period Draw: offered to predict if the 1st period will end in a tie. The following betting options are available:

  • 1st period draw: yes – 1st period will end in a tie
  • 1st period draw: no – the 1st period will not end in a draw

Points above/below

Points Over/Under: is offered to predict whether the total number of points scored by a particular player will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. One point is awarded to a player for each goal scored or assist, which resulted in a goal.

The example

The bet Kuznetsov Evgeny: Points above (0.5). For the bet to be calculated as won, the player must score a minimum of 1 point.

2 minute total penalty time

2 Minute Total Penalty Time: Offered to predict whether the total number of minutes of the designated 2 min penalties will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The 2-minute penalty in ice hockey is the infraction of the rules, for which the player is sent off for 2 minutes. The following betting options are available:

  • Total 2 min penalty time: over – the total number of minutes for the designated 2 min penalties will be greater than the selected bet argument value.
  • Total 2 min penalty time: low - the total number of minutes for the designated 2 min penalties will be less than the selected bet argument value.

The example

The total bet of the 2 min penalty time: plus (6). For the bet to be calculated as won, a penalty of 2 min must be given at least 4 times, since in that case the total number of minutes will be 8 (4×2) and 8>6.

The bets offered on the outcomes of ice hockey matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win1”.

Draw in the match (period) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.

The first team will not lose match (period) – “1X”.

One of the teams will win match (period) – “12”.

The second team will not lose match (period) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument.

Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored in match (period) to be even (odd).

Bets on match winner.

The results registered in overtime (penalty shootout) are also taken into account during the calculation of bets made on this outcome.

There can be championships or tournaments, in which penalty shootout is immediately played in case of the tied score at the end of regular time without overtime being played. Besides, according to requirements of particular tournaments or championships, the overtime can be played as many times as needed for one of the teams to win.

It is also possible that after the tied score in the regular time, the teams will finish the game with the tied result. In this case, if the provider offered bet on the outcome “Match winner”, it will be calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on final score of match:

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the match from the options available in the program (line).

Bets on the first (the second) team to score (not to score) a goal.

Bets on both teams to score (not to score) a goal.

Bets: which team will score (none of the teams will score) the first (the second or the next goal) in match.

Bets on number of points scored by a player.

In ice hockey the number of points scored by a player equals to the summed number of goals scored by him and performed assists, which resulted in goals.

If several players were involved in the attack resulted in goal, it is possible that a point will be awarded to each of them.

The basis for calculation of bets made on points scored by a player is the information provided by the official website of the given tournament.

The bets on scored goals and match result:

  1. “Match total over (under) the offered argument and Win1”
  2. “Match total over (under) the offered argument and Draw”
  3. “Match total over (under) the offered argument and Draw”

Bets on the comparative productivity of periods:

It is offered to predict in which period more goals will be scored.

Bets on match winner to be defined in overtime (penalty shootout).

Bets on the number of 2 min. penalties.

Not the quantity of assigned 2-min. penalties, but their summed time (in minutes) is taken as basis during calculation of bets made on this outcome.

For example, in match five 2-min. penalties were awarded. The first team received 2-min. penalty two times and the second team – 3 times. In this case, the calculation of the bets made on the number of 2-min.penalty is performed on the basis that the first team had 4 minutes (2×2) and the second team – 6 minutes (2×3). 

The bets on number of shots on target in match.

The information provided by the official websites of tournaments and championships, which are included in the table, is taken as basis during calculation of bets on hockey matches (except for the bet on “number of point scored by a player”).

The match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished in 24 hours, is considered to be completed if it was played for not less than 50 minutes. In the other cases, the event is considered to be not completed. The bets on “Match Winner” are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one) if the match has been interrupted with the tied score and is considered to be completed. If the match has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of ice hockey matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON BASKETBALL

For basketball matches the regular time is set 40 or 48 minutes (4 quarters, each lasts 10 or 12 minutes accordingly) of net playing time, depending on the requirements of a conducted championship or tournament. The results registered in the overtime are also taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the outcomes of basketball matches. If the match ends in a draw, the overtime is not played according to requirements of the conducted tournament or for any other reason and if “Draw” outcome has not been offered in the program (line), then the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

 According to the requirements of a conducted championship or tournament, after the result of the return match the overtime play can be assigned to define the winner. In such cases the results registered in the overtime are not taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the outcomes of the return match.

Basketball matches can be also conducted in 3×3 format. Matches in this format last 10 minutes or until one of the teams reaches 21 points. The results registered in the overtime are also taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the match outcomes. During the matches conducted in this format, the notice informing about the match format is made by the provider in the program (line). If during 3×3 format match because of disqualification, injuries or the player’s expulsion from the game, two players are left in one of the participating teams’ line-up, then the match is interrupted and is considered not completed. The bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Basketball bets are accepted taking into account extra time (overtime). Exceptions are events for which the "tie" bet option is offered on the line.

Result

Result: offered to predict which team will be the winner of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Win 1:team 1 win
  • Win 2:team 2 win
  • Draw:the match will end in a draw

Disadvantage

Handicap:handicap is the advantage or disadvantage in points, which is attributed to a team. The team the bet is placed on must be the winner of the match after making handicap adjustments.

Positive Handicap:In this type of handicap, the team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after the point advantage, the number of which is defined by the argument of the handicap, it is added to the final result of the team.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 2 (5).The bet is placed on team 2, and "5" is the handicap argument here. For this bet to win, Team 2 must be the winner of the match after adding the 5 point lead to their final score. Let's review three possible outcomes of this bet:

  • The match ended with the score: 108-105.When we add the 5-point lead to Team 2's final score, the score becomes 108-110. In this case, the bet wins, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, team 2 is the winner.
  • The match ended with the score 106-100.When we add the 5-point lead to Team 2's final score, the score becomes 106-105. In this case, the bet is lost, since after the adjustment handicap advantage, team 2 is not the winner.
  • The match ended with the score 104-99.When we add the 5-point lead to Team 2's final score, the score becomes 104-104. In this case, the bet is refunded, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, the result becomes a draw.

Negative Handicap:In this type of handicap, the team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after the number of points defined by the handicap value argument subtracted from the team's final score.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 1 (-5).The bet is placed on team 1 and "-5" is the handicap argument. For the bet to win, team 1 must be the winner of the match after subtracting 5 points from their final score. Let's review the possible outcomes of this bet:

  • The match ended with the score 110-104.When we subtract 5 points from Team 1's final score, the score becomes 105-104. In this case, the bet wins, since after handicap adjustments, team 1 is still the winner.
  • The match ended with the score 105-102.When we subtract 5 points from Team 1's final score, the score becomes 100-102. In this case, the bet is lost, since after handicap adjustments, team 1 is not the winner.
  • The match ended with the score 110-105.When we subtract 5 points from Team 1's final score, the score becomes 105-105. In this case, the bet is refunded, since after handicap adjustments, the result becomes a draw.

Total

Total:offers to predict whether the total number of points scored in the match will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

Total Over:The number of points scored will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument. If the total number of points and the value of the bet argument match, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

Total over (214): In this bet, "214" is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of points scored must be greater than 214. In case the total number of points is equal to 214, the bet will be refunded.

Total Under:The number of points must be less than the selected value of the bet argument. In case the total number of points and the value of the bet argument coincide, the betThis is refunded.

The example:

The bet: total low (214):In this bet, "214" is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of points scored in the match must be less than 214. In case the total number of goals is equal to 214, the bet will be refunded.

Part time/Full time

Half time/Full time: offers to predict the results of the first half and full time of the match simultaneously. For the bet to be won, both outcomes must be correctly predicted. In basketball, the first half includes the first and second quarters, and the second, third, and fourth quarters. The following betting options are available:

  • Win1/Win1: Team 1 will win both the first half and the match.
  • Win1/Draw: Team 1 will win in the first half and the match will end in a draw.
  • Win1/Win2: Team 1 must win in the first half, and Team 2 will win the match.
  • Draw/Win1: the first half will end in a draw and team 1 will win the match.
  • draw/draw: Both the first half and the match will end in a draw.
  • Draw/Win2: the first half will end in a draw and team 2 will win the match.
  • Win2/Win1: Team 2 will win in the first half and Team 1 will win in the match.
  • win2/draw: team 2 will win in the first half and the match will end in a draw.
  • Win2/Win2: Team 2 will win both the first half and the match.

First Quarter/Match

First Quarter/Match:offers to predict the results of the first quarter and the match simultaneously. For the bet to be won, both outcomes must be correctly predicted. The following betting options are available:

  • Win1/Win1: Team 1 will win both the first quarter and the game.
  • Win1/Draw: Team 1 will win in the first quarter and the match will end in a draw.
  • Win1/Win2: Team 1 must win in the first quarter and Team 2 will win the match.
  • Tie/Win1: the first quarter will end in a tie and team 1 will win the match.
  • draw/draw: both the first quarter and the game will end in a tie.
  • Draw/Win2: the first quarter will end in a draw and team 2 will win the match.
  • Win2/Win1: Team 2 will win the first quarter and Team 1 will win the match.
  • win2/draw: team 2 will win in the first quarter and the game will end in a tie.
  • Win2/Win2: Team 2 will win both the first half and the match.

Triple double

Triple Double: offer to predict if the triple double will be fixed in the match. (Triple-Double assumes that the same player during the game will score a double-digit total number of points in three of the following five statistical categories: points, total rebounds, assists, steals, and blocks. In other words, for the bet to win , the same player must obtain at least 10 points in three of the mentioned categories). The following betting options are available:

  • Triple-Double: yes –at least one triple-double will be set in the match.
  • Triple-Double: no –no triple-doubles will be arranged in the match.
  • Triple-Double: more –the number of fixed triple-doubles in the match will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Triple-Double: low –the number of fixed triple-doubles in the match will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

odd/even total

Total Odd/Even:offered to predict whether the total number of points scored will be even or odd. The following betting options are available:

  • total: even– the total number of points scored will be even.
  • total: odd – the total number of points scored will be odd.

Start throwing the filmota

Start throwing the ball: offers to predict which team will win the first throw of the ball. (The referee throws the ball high in the air. Two opposing players try to control the ball by jumping in the air. Catching the ball is not allowed. The player must touch the ball and get it redirected in the direction of his teammate using one hand ). The following betting options are available:

  • Start Throw the Ball: Team 1: Team 1 will throw the ball away.
  • Start throwing the ball: Team 2: Team 2 will start throwing the ball.

first exit

First start:offered to predict which team will have the first timeout in the match. (According to NBA rules, each game can have six timeouts during 48 minutes of the game.) The following betting options are available:

  • first start: team 1: team 1 will take the first time-out in the match.
  • first start: team 2: team 2 will take the first time-out in the match.

last time out

last time out: offered to predict which team will have the last time out of the match. (According to NBA rules, each game can have six timeouts during 48 minutes of the game.) The following betting options are available:

  • last time out: team 1: team 1 will take the last time out of the match.
  • last time out: team 2: team 2 will take the last time out of the match.

The same number of points in at least 2 quarters

The same number of points in at least 2 quarters: It is offered to predict if the total number of points scored by the teams will be the same in at least 2 quarters of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Same number of points in at least 2 quarters: Yes– the total number of points scored by the teams will be the same in at least 2 quarters.
  • Equal number of points in at least 2 quarters: No– the total number of points scored by the teams will not be the same in any 2 quarters.

The example

The bet Same number of points in at least 2 quarters: Yes. Suppose the score in the 1st quarter is 25:30 and the score in the 2nd quarter is 22:33. In this case the bet will be calculated as won because the total of the 2 quarters is the same number, which is 55 (25+30 = 55) and (22+33 = 55).

The fourth with the highest score

Highest Scoring Quarter: You are offered to predict in which quarter the highest total number of points will be scored. The following betting options are available:

  • Highest Scoring Quarter: 1st Quarter– The highest total number of points will be scored in the 1st quarter.
  • Highest Scoring Quarter: 2nd Quarter– The highest total number of points will be scored in the second quarter.
  • Highest Scoring Quarter: 3rd Quarter– The highest total number of points will be scored in the 3rd quarter.
  • Highest Scoring Quarter: Fourth Quarter– The highest total number of points will be scored in the fourth quarter.
  • Highest Scoring Quarter: Equal–Equal number of points will be scored in each quarter.

Total quarter with highest score

Highest Scoring Quarter Total: is offered to predict whether the total number of points scored in the highest scoring quarter will be over or under the selected bet argument value. The following betting options are available:

  • Highest Scoring Quarter Total: More: The total number of points scored in the highest scoring quarter will be greater than the selected bet argument value.
  • Highest Scoring Quarter Total: Low: the total number of points scored in the highest scoring quarter will be less than the selected bet argument value.

Total quarter with the lowest score

Total QuarterWith Lowest Score: Offered to predict whether the total number of points scored in the lowest scoring quarter will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Lowest Scoring Quarter Total: More: The total number of points scored in the lowest scoring quarter will be greater than the selected bet argument value.
  • Lowest Scoring Total Quarter: Low: The total number of points scored in the lowest scoring quarter will be less than the selected bet argument value.

Half with the highest score

Highest Scoring Half:offers to predict in which half of the match the highest total number of points will be scored. (In Basketball, the first half includes the first and second quarters, and the second half includes the third and fourth quarters.) The following betting options are available:

  • Highest Scoring Half: 1st Half:The highest total number of points will be scored in the first half.
  • Highest Scoring Half: 2nd Half:The highest total number of points will be scored in the second half.

Result

Win in all quarters: offers to bet on the victory of the team in all (four) quarters. The following betting options are available:

  • Win 1 in all Quarters: Yes– Team 1 will win in all four quarters of the game.
  • Win 1 in all quarters: No– Team 1 will lose at least one quarter of the game.
  • Win 2 in all Quarters: Yes– Team 2 will win in all four quarters of the game.
  • Win 2 in all quarters: No– Team 2 will lose at least one quarter of the game.

Win both halves

Win Both Halves: offered to predict the team's victory in both halves of the match. (In Basketball, the 1st half includes the 1st and 2nd quarters, and the 2nd half includes the 3rd and 4th quarters.) The following betting options are available:

  • Win 1 Both Halves: Yes– Team 1 will win both halves of the game.
  • Win 1 in both halves: No– Team 1 will lose in at least one half of the game.
  • Win 2 Both Halves: Yes– Team 2 will win both halves of the game.
  • Win 2 both halves: No– Team 2 will lose at least one half of the game.

Points Scored

points scored: is offered to predict the total number of points scored during the game.

The example:

The bet: points scored from 101 to 110. To win the bet, the total number of points scored must be in the range of 101 to 110.

Winning Margin

Winning Margin:offered to predict the point spread by which the team the bet is placed on will win the game.

The example:

The Team 1 bet by margin of 6-10 points: Team 1 must win the match and the point difference must be in the range of 6 to 10. Thus, if we assume that the score of the match is 107-100 , the bet will be calculated as won.

Winning margin: Any other

Margin: Any Other: A bet is offered on the match to end with any markup except those offered.

The example:

For the 1st quarter market: Winning Margin: The following betting options are offered:

  • Team 1 for 3 or more points
  • Team 2 for 3 or more points
  • Any other

For the bet to be settled as won, the first quarter must end with any margin except 3 or more points.

total dunks

total dunks: is offered to predict whether the total number of dunks made during the game will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. Dunk is the type of shot in basketball, when a player jumps in the air, controls the ball above the horizontal plane of the hoop, and scores by passing the ball directly through the basket with one or both hands./p>

The following betting options are available:

  • total kills: more: the total number of kills made during the game will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • total dunks: low: the total number of dunks made during the game will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Total wins and matches

Total wins and matches: it is offered to place bets on the victory of the team and the total match simultaneously. If both outcomes are predicted correctly, the bet will be settled as won. The following betting options are offered:

  • Win 1 & Match Total: More– Team 1 will win the match and the total number of points scored will be greater than the selected bet argument value.
  • Win 1 & Total Match: Under– Team 1 will win the match and the total number of points scored will be less than the selected bet argument value.
  • Win 2 & Match Total: More– Team 2 will win the match and the total number of points scored will be greater than the selected bet argument value.
  • Win 2 & Match Total: Under– Team 2 will win the match and the total number of points scored will be less than the selected bet argument value.

Extraordinary time

Extra time: is offered to predict whether or not extra time will be played. The following betting options are available:

  • Overtime: yes– Overtime will be played.
  • Overtime: no– Overtime will not be played.

Earn points first

Earn Points First: Offered to predict which team will score first in the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Earn points first: team 1 – team 1 will score points first.
  • Earn points first: team 2 – team 2 will score points first.

Earn points at the end

Win points at the end: is offered to predict which team will score last in the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Win Points Last: Team 1: Team 1 will score points last.
  • Earn points at the end: team 2: team 2 will score points last.

bounces

rebounds: it is offered to place bets on the number of rebounds in the match. (A rebound in basketball is the situation where the player recovers the ball from a missed field goal or free throw.) The following betting options are available:

  • Rebounds: more – the number of rebounds will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Rebounds: low – the number of rebounds will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Rebounds: H1– Team 1 should be the winner in number of rebounds after making handicap adjustments.
  • Rebounds: H2– Team 2 should be the winner in number of rebounds after making handicap adjustments.

assists

Assists: Offered to place bets on the number of assists in the match. (An assist in basketball is the situation in which a player passes the ball to a teammate and the latter manages to score on his turn). The following betting options are available:

  • Assists: more– the number of assists will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Assists: Low– the number of assists will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Assists: H1– Team 1 must be the winner in number of assists after making handicap adjustments.
  • Assists: H2– Team 2 must be the winner in number of assists after making handicap adjustments.

faults

Faults:offered to hamake bets on the number of fouls in the match. (A foul in basketball is a serious rule violation.) The following betting options are available:

  • Fouls: more– the number of fouls will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Fouls: Low– the number of fouls will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Fouls: H1– Team 1 must be the winner on the number of fouls after making handicap adjustments.
  • Fouls: H2– Team 2 must be the winner on the number of fouls after making handicap adjustments.

turnovers

Turnovers: Offered to place bets on the number of turnovers in the match. (A turnover in basketball is the situation where a team loses possession of the ball to the opposing team before the player takes a shot at the opposing team's basket. The following betting options are available:

  • Rotations: more– the number of turnovers will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Turnovers: Low– the number of turnovers will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Turnover: H1– Team 1 must be the winner in the number of turnovers after making handicap adjustments.
  • Turnover: H2– Team 2 must be the winner on the number of turnovers after making handicap adjustments.

Block shots

Block shots: offers to place bets on the number of block shots in the match. (The blocked shot in basketball is the situation where a defensive player deflects an opposing player's goal attempt to prevent a score.) The following betting options are available:

  • Block Shots: Over– the number of block shots will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Block Shots: Low– the number of block shots will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Block Shots: H1– Team 1 must be the winner in the number of blocks after making handicap adjustments.
  • Block Shots: H2– Team 2 must be the winner on the number of shots blocked after making handicap adjustments.

steal

steals: offered to place bets on the number of steals in the match. (A steal in basketball is a fumble that occurs when a defensive player takes the ball from the dribbler.) The following betting options are available:

  • Steals: Done– the number of steals will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Steals: Low– the number of steals will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Steals: H1– Team 1 must be the winner in the number of steals after making handicap adjustments.
  • Steals: H2– Team 2 must be the winner in the number of steals after making handicap adjustments.

Dots in the paint

Points in the paint: is offered to place bets on the number of points in the paint in the match. (In basketball, points in the paint are those scored from the free throw line.) The following betting options are available:

  • Points in the paint: done– the number of points in the paint will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Points in Paints: Low– the number of points in the paint will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Points in the Paints: H1– Team 1 must be the winner on the number of points in the paint after making handicap adjustments.
  • Points in the Paints: H2– Team 2 must be the winner on the number of points in the paint after making handicap adjustments.

Second Chance Points

Second Chance Points: Gambling offeredtas on the number of second change points (second chance points in basketball are any point a team scores after having attempted at least one shot during the same possession and missed). The following betting options are available:

  • Second Chance Points: More– the number of second chance points will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Second Chance Points: Low– the number of second chance points will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Second Chance Points: H1– Team 1 must be the winner on the number of second chance points after making handicap adjustments.
  • Second Chance Points: H2– Team 2 must be the winner on the number of second chance points after making handicap adjustments.

Quick break points

Quick break points: offers to place bets on the points, which were scored by a fast break. (A fast break in basketball is the situation where the team attempts to move the ball into goal position by passing or dribbling as quickly as possible.) The following betting options are available:

  • Quick Break Points: More– the number of quick break points will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Quick Break Points: Low– the number of counterattacks will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Quick Break Points: H1– Team 1 must be the winner on the number of fast break points after making handicap adjustments.
  • Quick Break Points: H2 – Team 2 must be the winner on the number of quick break points after making handicap adjustments.

First quarter/match

First Quarter/Match: is offered to predict the results of the first quarter and the match simultaneously. For the bet to be won, both outcomes must be correctly predicted. The following betting options are available:

  • Win1/Win1: Team 1 must win both the first quarter and the game.
  • Win1/Draw: Team 1 must win in the first quarter and the game must end in a tie.
  • Win1/Win2: Team 1 must win in the first quarter and Team 2 must win in the entire game.
  • Tie/Win1: the first quarter must end in a tie and team 1 must win the match.
  • draw/draw: both the 1st quarter and the game must end in a tie.
  • Draw/Win2: 1st quarter must end in a tie and team 2 must win the game.
  • Win2/Win1: Team 2 must win in the 1st quarter and Team 1 must win in the match.
  • win2/tie: team 2 must win in the 1st quarter and the game must end in a tie.
  • Win2/Win2: Team 2 must win both the 1st quarter and the match.

first points to score

First Scoring Points:offers to predict with which throw the first points will be scored. The following betting options are available:

  • First Points Scored – 2 Point Shoot– First points will be scored by 2 point shoot.
  • First points scored: 3-point shot –First points will be scored by 3-point shot.
  • First Points Scored: Free Throw– The first points will be scored on a free throw.

Last Scoring Points

Last points scored:offers to predict with which shot the last points will be scored. The following betting options are available:

  • Last Points Scored - 2 Point Shoot– Last points will be scored by 2 point shot.
  • Last Points Scored - 3 Point Shot –The last points will be scored by 3 point shot.
  • Last Points Scored: Free Throw– the last points will be scored with a free throw.

1st foul

1st foul:offered to predict which element will perform the 1st foul. The following betting options are available:

  • 1st foul: team 1– the first foul will be committed by team 1.
  • 1st foul: team 2– the first foul will be committed by team 2.

last fault

last foul: offered to predict which team will take the last foul. The following betting options are available:

  • Last foul: team 1– the last foul will be taken by team 1.
  • Last foul: team 2– the last foul will be taken by team 2.

1st bounce

1st rebound: it is offered to predict which team will make the first rebound. (A rebound in basketball is the situation where the player recovers the ball from a missed field goal or free throw.) The following betting options are available:

  • 1st rebound: team 1– the first rebound will be taken by team 1.
  • 1st rebound: team 2– the first rebound will be taken by team 2.

last bounce

last rebound: offers to predict which team will take the last rebound. The following betting options are available:

  • Last bounce: team 1– the last bounce will be taken by team 1.
  • Last bounce: team 2– the last bounce will be taken by team 2.

1st three-point shot

1st 3-point shot: it is offered to predict which team will take the 1st 3-point shot. (3 points are awarded if a player successfully shoots the ball through the hoop from behind the three point line) The following betting options are available:

  • 1st three-point shot: team 1– the first three-point shot will be taken by team 1.
  • 1st three-point shot: team 2– the first three-point shot will be taken by team 2.

Last three-point shot

Last three-point shot: it is offered to predict which team will take the last three-point shot. The following betting options are available:

  • Last three-point shot: team 1– the last three-point shot will be taken by team 1.
  • Last three-point shot: team 2– the last three-point shot will be taken by team 2.

3 points: Total Over/Under

3 Points: Total Over/Under: is offered to predict whether the total number of 3 point shots will be over or under the selected value of the argument. The bet can be offered on the total number of shots taken by both teams or by Team 1/Team 2.

1st two point shot

1st two-point shot: it is offered to predict which team will take the first two-point shot. (2 points are awarded if the player successfully shoots the ball through the hoop from anywhere inside the three-point line. The shot can be made by shooting a jump shot, placing the ball in the hoop, or hitting the ball to through the hoop. ). The following betting options are available:

  • 1st two-point shot: team 1– the first two-point shot will be taken by team 1.
  • 1st two-point shot: team 2– the first two-point shot will be taken by team 2.

Last two-point shot

Last Two Point Shot: Offered to predict which team will take the last two point shot. The following betting options are available:

  • Last two-point shot: team 1– the last two-point shot will be taken by team 1.
  • Last two-point shot: team 2– the last two-point shot will be taken by team 2.

1st free throw

1st Free Throw: Offered to predict which team will take the first free throw. (A free throw or, as it is also Called a foul shot, it is an uncontested attempt to score points by shooting from behind the free throw line. Free throws are usually awarded after a foul by the opposing team on the shooter. One point is awarded after each free throw scored.) The following betting options are available:

  • 1st free throw: team 1– the first free throw will be taken by team 1.
  • 1st free throw: team 2– the first free throw will be taken by team 2.

last free throw

Last Free Throw: Offered to predict which team will take the last free throw. The following betting options are available:

  • Last Free Throw: Team 1– The last free throw will be taken by Team 1.
  • Last Free Throw: Team 2– The last free throw will be taken by Team 2.

Two point shot making (%)

Two-point shooting percentage (%):offered to predict whether the percentage of two-point shooting made by the team, on which the bet is placed, will be over or under below the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Two Point Shots Taken (%): plus –the percentage of two point shots made by the team on which the bet is placed will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument .
  • Two Point Shots Taken (%) – Low –the percentage of two point shots taken by the team on which the bet is placed will be less than the selected value of the bet argument .

Three-point shot making (%)

Three-point shooting percentage (%):offered to predict if the percentage of three-point shooting made by the team, on which the bet is placed, will be over or under below the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Execution of three-point shots (%): plus –the percentage of three-point shots made by the team on which the bet is placed will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument .
  • Three Point Shots Taken (%) – Low –the percentage of three point shots made by the team on which the bet is placed will be less than the selected value of the bet argument .

Execution of free throws (%)

Free Throw Execution (%):offered to predict whether the percentage of free throws made by the team on which the bet is placed will be over or under the selected value of the argument of the bet. The following betting options are available:

  • Execution of free throws (%): plus –the percentage of free throws made by the team on which the bet is placed will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Free Throw Execution (%): Low –the percentage of free throws taken by the team on which the bet is placed will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

race to points

Race to Points:offered to place bets on which team will score a selected number of points first.

The example:

The bet 1st Quarter: Race to 10: team 1. The bet implies that in the first quarter team 1 will score 10 points first.

Changes of leadership during the match

Lead Changes During Match: Offered to predict whether the number of lead changes will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Lead changes during match: more: the number of lead changes will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Lead Changes During Match: Low: The number of lead changes will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Point Bets

Point Bets: offers to place a bet on the particular point of the match that the selected team will score.

The example:

The Team 1 (47) bet: for the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win the 47th point of the match. Let's say if the score at 20:25 changes to 22:25, it means team 1 scored the 47th point of the game.

Bets offered on the outcomes of basketball matches:

The first team will win the match (including the overtime) – “Win1”. 

The second team will win the match (including the overtime) – “Win2”.

The first team will win the match (half, quarter) – “Win1”.

Draw in the match (half, quarter) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (half, quarter) – “Win2”

The first team will not lose the match (half, quarter) – “1X”. 

One of the teams will win the match (half, quarter) – “12”.

The second team will not lose the match (half, quarter) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (half, quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (half, quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of points scored by the teams in the match (half, quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of points scored by each team individually in the match (half, quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of points scored in the match (half, quarter) to be even (odd).

Bets: which half (quarter) will be the most productive:

To predict in which half (quarter) the highest number of points will be scored.

Bets on the total number of points scored in the most productive quarter to be over (under) the offered value of bet argument”.

Bets on the overtime to be played (not to be played).

Bets: which of the teams will be the first (last) to score points.

Bets: which of the teams will perform the first (last) foul.

Bets: which of the team will win the first rebound.

Bets: which of the teams will perform the first (last) 2-point shot.

Bets: which of the teams will perform the first (last) 3-point shot. 

Bets: which of the teams will perform the first (last) free throw.

Bets on winning margin outcomes.

It is offered to predict which team will win the match and with which difference in points. For example: “Team 1 by 2 points margin”.

Bets: which of the teams will be the first to score the offered number of points in the match (half, quarter).

Bets on the scored points and match result:

To predict the scored points and match result. The following options are offered:

“Match total over (under) the offered value of bet argument and Win 1”

“Match total over (under) the offered value of bet argument and Win 2”

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as basis during calculation of bets made on the outcomes of basketball matches.

The basketball match (the duration of 48 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if not less than 40 minutes were played. The match of the duration of 40 minutes, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if no less than 35 minutes were played. In the other cases the match is considered not completed. During the tied score in the basketball match which has been interrupted and is consider completed the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one) if “Draw” outcome was not offered in the program (line). If the match has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of basketball matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON TENNIS

Declared in advance format of tennis match can be changed before match starts (e.g. in a single match super tie-break is played instead of the decisive 3-rd set or 3 sets are played instead of 5). In such cases, bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes of match are subject to calculation according to final result, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

If in the started tennis match one of the tennis players (one of the teams) is disqualified for some reason, refuses to play or is unable to continue the match, the match ends untimely, the bets made on the outcomes of that match are calculated in the following way:

The bets (including bets made on statistical data), the outcomes of which are definitely determined at the moment of interruption based on the match format, are considered completed and are subject to calculation. The bets on the other outcomes are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

For example, a tennis player (a tennis team) refuses to continue the match when the score is 4:4 (15:0). In this case, the bets made on the following outcomes of the first set are calculated with the odds 1 (one): “Win1” and “Win2” , “Total over (under) 10.5”, “Total over (under) 12.5”, “Handicap 1(+1.5)”, “Handicap 2(-1.5)”, “Handicap 1(-1.5)”, “Handicap 2(+1.5)”, as well as the bets made on the following outcomes of match: “Win 1” and Win2”, “Total over(under) 21.5”, “Handicap 1(+3.5)”, “Handicap 2(-3.5)”, “Handicap 1(-3.5)”, “Handicap 2(+3.5)”. Bets on the outcomes “total to be even (odd) number” made on the first set and the match are also calculated with the odds 1 (one). The bets made on the following outcomes of the first set are subject to calculation: “Total over(under) 6.5”, “Total over(under) 7.5”, “Total over(under) 8.5”, “Handicap 1 (+2.5)”, “Handicap 2 (-2.5)”, “Handicap 1 (-2.5)”, Handicap 2 (+2.5), as well as the bets made on the outcomes of the games starting from the 1-st to 8-th. The bets made on the outcome “Win1” and “Win2” of the 9-th game are calculated with the odds “1” (one), and the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2”of the first point of the 9-th game are subject to calculation. 

If the decisive set is played as “super tie-break”, the bets made on “Total” and “Handicap” of that set are calculated in points, and the set “super tie-break” is calculated as one game during the calculation of the bets made on “Total” and “Handicap” of match. Thus, the set is considered to be finished with the score 1:0 or 0:1.

For example, the match was finished with the score 6:3, 4:6, and 5:10. Super tie-break was played as the decisive third set. In this case, while calculating the bets, the final score of the match is considered to be 6:3, 4:6, and 0:1, that is, the number of games is 20.

 Tie-break played at the end of set is also calculated as one game (for example, the tie-break, which is played when the set’s score is 6:6, is considered to be the 13-th game of that set and the set ends with either 6:7 or 7:6 score).

If one of the sides refuses to participate in the match before its start, the bets made on the match outcomes are calculated with odds “1” (one). If during tennis team (doubles) match, in which the participants’ names are specified by team (country) name (for example, Spain-Switzerland), the change of tennis player (team) is performed (in advance announced tennis player or tennis team for which the bets were offered), the bets on all outcomes of the match remain valid.

Bets placed on the results of tennis matches, which were postponed or interrupted, remain valid until the end of the tournament to which they belong.

Result

Result:offered to predict which player will be the winner of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Win 1:player 1 win
  • Win 2:player 2 win

Bets (including bets placed on statistical data) that are definitively considered to be placed at the time of the completion of the match based on the actual recorded result (depending on the format of the match), are subject to calculation. All other bets including “Win ​​1” and “Win ​​2” are refunded (calculated at odds “1”).

Total

Total:offers to place bets on the total number of games played. The following betting options are available:

  • Total Over:the total number of games will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

    The example: The total bet of the 1st set: more (8.5). In this bet “8.5” is the argument of the bet. Suppose the 1st set ended with the score 6-4. Therefore, we have 10 in total. The bet will be calculated as won, because 10>8.5.

  • Total Under: the total number of games will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

    The example: The 1-st total bet low (8.5). In this bet, "8.5" is the argument of the bet. Suppose the 1st set ended with the score 2-6. Therefore, we have 8 in total. The bet will be calculated as won, because 8<8.5.

Game handicap

Games Handicap:is the games advantage or disadvantage, which is attributed to the player's game score. The player the bet is placed on must become the winner after making handicap adjustments.

  • Positive Handicap:This type of handicap implies that the player on whom the bet is placed must become the winner after the handicap of the games, the number of which is defined by the selected handicap argument, is added to the player's score.

    Example: Handicap bet 2 (3.5). The bet is placed on Player 2 and "3.5" is the handicap argument. For this bet to count as a win, player 2 must be the winner after we add the 3.5 game advantage to his score. Let's review the possible outcomes of this bet:

    1. The game score in the match was 14-12 (1st set: 7-6, 2nd set: 7-6). When we add the 3.5 game lead to Player 2's score, the score becomes 14-15.5. In this case, the bet is won, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, player 2 is the winner.
    2. The score of games in the match was 13-9(1st set: 6-3; 2nd set: 7-6). When we add the 3.5 game lead to Player 2's score, the score becomes 13-12.5. In this case, the bet is lost, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, player 2 is not the winner.
    *Note: if the handicap argument is an integer and after adjustment of the handicap advantage the result becomes a tie, the bet is refunded (calculated with odds 1).

  • Negative handicap: This type of handicap implies that the player on whom the bet is placed must become the winner after the number of games, defined by the selected handicap argument, is subtracted from the player score.

    Example: Handicap bet 1(-3.5). The bet is placed on player 1, "-3.5" is the handicap argument. To win the bet, player 1 must become the winner after is to subtract 3.5 from your score. Let's review the possible outcomes of this bet:

    1. The score of games in the match was 12-6(1st set: 6-2; 2nd set 6-4). When we subtract 3.5 from Player 1's final score, the score becomes 8.5-6. In this case, the bet wins, since after handicap adjustments, player 1 is the winner.
    2. The games score in the match was 14-12(1st set: 7-6, 2-d set 7-6).When we subtract 3.5 from player 1's final score , the score becomes 10.5-12. In this case, the bet is lost, since after handicap adjustments, player 1 is not the winner of the match.
    *Note that if the handicap argument is an integer and after adjustment of the handicap advantage the result becomes a tie, the bet is refunded (calculated with odds “1”).

Set Handicap

Set Handicap:Is the set advantage or disadvantage, which is attributed to the player's set score. The player the bet is placed on must be the winner after making handicap adjustments.

  • Positive Handicap:In this type of handicap, the player on whom the bet is placed must become the winner after the set advantage, the number of which is defined by the selected handicap argument, is added to the player's score.

    Example: Handicap bet 2 (1.5). The bet is placed on player 2, "1.5" is the handicap argument here. For this bet to be won, Player 2 must be the winner after we add the 1.5 set lead to his score. Let's review the possible outcomes of this bet:

    1. The match sets score is 2-1. When we add the 1.5 advantage to player 2's score, the score becomes 2-2.5. In this case, the bet will be calculated as won, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, player 2 is the winner.
    2. The set score in the match is 2-0. When we add the advantage of 2 to player 2's final score, the score becomes 2-1.5. In this case, the bet will be calculated as a loss, since after handicap advantage adjustment, player 2 is not the winner.

  • Negative Handicap: In this handicap type, the player the bet is placed on must become the winner after the number of sets, defined by the selected handicap argument, is subtracted from the handicap. player's final score.

    Example: Handicap bet 1 (-1.5). The bet is placed on player 1, "-1.5" is the handicap argument. To win the bet, player 1 must be the winner after subtracting 1.5 from his score. Let's review the possible outcomes of this bet:

    1. The set score in the match is 2-0. When we subtract 1.5 from team 1's score, the score becomes 0.5-0. In this case, the bet will be calculated as won, because after handicap adjustments, player 1 is the winner.
    2. The set score in the match is 2-1. When we subtract 1.5 from player 1's score, the score becomes 0.5-1. In this case, the bet will be calculated as a loss, since after handicap adjustments player 1 is not the winner.

Correct punctuation

Correct Score:Offered to predict the exact score (the exact score of the sets) of the match.

The example: The Correct Score bet: 2-0. For the bet to be calculated as won, the match must end with the score 2-0.

Total sets plus/minus

Total Sets Over/Under:It is offered to place bets on the total number of sets played during the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Total sets over (2.5):to be won the bet, the number of sets played in the match must be greater than 2.5.
  • Total Sets Under (2.5):For the bet to win, the number of sets played in the match must be less than 2.5.

The example: The Total bet is set to (2.5). Suppose the match score is 1:2. In this case, the bet will be calculated as won, since in total we have 3 sets played (3>2.5).

Set/match

Set/match:it is offered to predict the winner of the 1st set and the match simultaneously. To win the bet, both outcomes must be correctly predicted.

The example: Set/match bet: 1/2. To win the bet, the first set of the match must be won by player 1, but the match must be won by player 2.

Set Score

Set Score: Offered to predict the exact score of the set.

The example: The 1st set bet scores 1-6. For the bet to be calculated as won, the score of the first set must be 1-6.

Tie-breaker in the match

Match Tiebreaker:offered to predict if a tiebreaker will be played in the match. A tiebreaker is played if the result of the game is 6-6. It is played until winning 7 points but with the advantage of 2 points, (ex. 7-5). If the score in the tie-break reaches 6-6, it continues until one of the players receives the 2-point lead (eg 8-10, 12:10). If a player wins the tiebreak, he wins the set with the score 7-6. The following betting options are available:

  • Tie-break in match: yes– At least one tie-break will be played during the match.
  • Tie-break in match: no– there will be no tie-break in the match.

1st set: winner

1st set: winner is offered to predict the winner of the 1st set. The following betting options are available:

  • Win1: Player 1 will win the 1st set.
  • Win2: Player 2 will win the 1st set.

High Score Total Set

High-scoring total set: it is offered to place bets on the total number of games scored in the highest-scoring set (the set in which the largest number of games were played). The following betting options are available:

  • High Score Total Set: More: the total number of games in the high score set will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • High Score Total Set: Low: the total number of games in the high score set will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

The example: The Total bet of the set with the highest score: plus (8.5). The score of the first set is 6:3 and the score of the second set is 6:2. In this case, the set with the highest score is the 1st, whose total is 9 (6+3). The bet will be calculated as won, because 9 > 8.5.

Lowest Score Total Set

Lowest Scoring Total Set: Offered to place bets on the total number of games scored in the lowest scoring set (the set in which the fewest number of games were played). The following betting options are available:

  • Lowest Score Total Set: More: the total number of games in the lowest score set will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Lowest Score Total Set: Low: the total number of games in the lowest score set will be less than the selected value of the stake argument.

Example: The lowest total bet set highest score: low (10.5). The score of the first set is 2:6, and the second set - 4:6. In this case, the half with the lowest score is the first, whose total is 8 (2+6). Therefore, the bet will be calculated as won as 8 <10.5.

Total points (in game)

Total points (in the game): it is offered to place bets on the total number of points scored in the game (15 = 1 point, 30 = 2 points, 40 = 3 points, win in the game = 4 points). The following betting options are available:

  • Total Points: plus -the total number of points scored in the game.or will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Total points: low –the total number of points scored in the game will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Example: Bet 2-d Set 8-th Game Total Points: plus (5.5). The game ended with the score 15: Win 2 (ie 1+ 4), then the game will be calculated as lost, because 5<5.5.

Total points (in game) Odd/Even

Total Points (in game) Odd/Even: is offered to predict whether the total number of points scored in a particular game will be an odd or even number (15 = 1 point, 30 = 2 points, 40 = 3 points, game win = 4 points). The following betting options are available:

  • Total points: even-the total number of points scored in the game will be an even number.
  • Total points: odd -the total number of points scored in the game will be an odd number.

Example: Bet 1-st set 7-th game Total points: odd. The game ended with the score 15: Win 2 (ie 1+ 4), then the game will be calculated as won, because 5 is an odd number

Total points (in game) 3 ways

Total Points (In Game) 3 Way: Offers to predict whether the total number of points in the game will be greater than, less than, or equal to the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Total points (in game) 3-way: more –the total number of points in the game will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Total points (in game) 3-way: low –the total number of points in the game will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Total points (in the game) 3-way: equal –the total number of points in the game will be equal to the selected value of the bet argument.

Example: Bet 1-st set 4-th game total points 3-way: equal (5). The game ended with the score 15: Win 2 (ie 1+ 4), then the bet will be calculated as won, because the total number of points is 5.

Game Score

Game Score: Offered to place bets on the score of a particular game in the match.

The example: The bet 1st set 1st Game: Score Win 1:30. The bet implies that the first game of the first set will be won by player 1, and player 2 will manage to score only 30 points.

Total tiebreakers

Total tiebreakers: it is offered to place bets on the total number of tiebreakers. Tie-break is played if the game score is 6-6. It is played until winning 7 points but with the advantage of 2 points, (ex. 7-5). If the tie-break score reaches 6-6, it continues until one of the players receives the 2-point lead (eg 8-10, 12-10). If a player wins a tie-break, he wins the set with the score 7-6. The following betting options are available:

  • Total tiebreakers: more than– the total number of tiebreakers will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Total tiebreakers: less than– the total number of tiebreakers will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

1st set: number of breaks

1st set: number of breaks:it is offered to place bets on the total number of breaks in the 1st set. (A "break of serve" break in tennis is the situation where the player, who is serving in the game, loses in the game). The following betting options are available:

  • 1st set: number of breaks: more –the total number of breaks in the first set will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • 1st set: number of breaks: less than –the total number of breaks in the 1st set will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Total breaks in the match

Total breaks in the match:offered to place bets on the total number of breaks in the match. (A "break of serve" break in tennis is the situation where the player, who is serving in the game, loses in the game). The following betting options are available:

  • Total breaks in match: more– the total number of breaks in the match will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Total breaks in the match: less– the total number of breaks in the match will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

1st set 1st break

1st set 1st break: It is offered to predict which player will make the 1st break in the 1st set. A "break of serve" break in tennis is the situation where the player serving in the game loses in the game. The following betting options are available:

  • 1st set 1st break: player 1– the 1st break in the 1st set will be taken by player 1.
  • 1st set 1st break: player 2– the 1st break in the 1st set will be taken by player 2.
  • 1st set 1st break: no break– no breaks will be taken in the 1st set.

win set

Set Winner:Offers to place bets on the winner of a particular set.

The example: The bet to win the 1st set: Win 1. The bet implies that player 1 will win the 1st set.

Set Odd/Even Total

Set Odd/Even Total: Offers to predict whether the total number of games played in the selected set will be an odd or even number. The following betting options are available:

  • Total set: even– the total number of games played in the selected set will be an even number.
  • Total Set: Odd– the total number of games played in the selected set will be an odd number.

The example: The bet 1st set total even/odd: even. The bet implies that the total number of games scored in the 1st set will be an even number. Suppose the score of the 1st set is 2:6. Thus, in total we receive 8. The bet will be settled as won, because 8 is an even number.

Total tiebreaker

Total tiebreaker: it is offered to place bets on the total number of points scored in the tiebreaker. Tie-break is played if the game score is 6-6. It is played until winning 7 points but with the advantage of 2 points, (ex. 7-5). If the tie-break score reaches 6-6, it continues until one of the players receives the 2-point lead (eg 8-10, 12-10). If a player wins a tie-break, he wins the set with the score 7-6. The following betting options are available:

  • Total tiebreakers: more than –total the number of points scored in the tiebreaker will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.

The example:

The bet 1st set: total tiebreak: more (11.5). Suppose the tie break score in the 1st set is 7-5. Therefore, we have 12 in total. The bet will be calculated as won, because 12>11.5.

  • Tie-Break: Under- the total number of points scored in the tie-break will be lower than the selected argument bet value.

The example:

The total tiebreaker bet of the 1st set: less (11.5). Suppose the tiebreaker score in the 1st set is 7:1. Thus, we have 8 in total, and the bet will be calculated as won, because 8<11.5

Tie-break handicap

Tie Break Handicap – betting is offered on the winner of the handicap tie break. Tie-break is played if the game score is 6-6. It is played until winning 7 points but with the advantage of 2 points, (ex. 7-5). If the tie-break score reaches 6-6, it continues until one of the players receives the 2-point lead (eg 8-10, 12-10). If a player wins a tie-break, he wins the set with the score 7-6. The following betting options are available:

  • Tiebreaker Handicap: H1– Player 1 will be the winner of the tiebreaker after handicap adjustments are made.
  • Tie-Break Handicap: H2– Player r2 will be the winner of the tie-break after handicap adjustments are made.

The example:
The second set tie-break handicap bet: H2 (3). The bet implies that player 2 will be the winner of the tiebreaker after 3 points are added to the player's score. Suppose the score in the tie-break is 7-5. Thus, the handicap score becomes 7-8. In this case, the bet will be calculated as won because player 2 is the winner of the tiebreaker after the handicap advantage adjustment is made.

Score tiebreaker

Tiebreaker score:offered to predict the exact score of the tiebreaker. Tie-break is played if the game score is 6-6. It is played until winning 7 points but with the advantage of 2 points, (ex. 7-5). If the tie-break score reaches 6-6, it continues until one of the players receives the 2-point lead (eg 8-10, 12-10). If a player wins a tie-break, he wins the set with the score 7-6.

The example:

The bet 1st set: Tie Break score: 7-2. The bet implies that the tie-break score in the 1st set will be 7-2.

Winner of the game

Game Winner:offered to predict the winner of a particular game.

The example:

The bet 1st Set: Winner of the 5th game: Win 1. The bet implies that player 1 will win the 5th game of the 1st set.

Points Winner

Point Winner: Offers to predict the winner of a particular point.

The example:

The bet 1st set 1st game 2-d Win Point: Win 1. The bet implies that player 1 will win the 2-d point of the 1st game in the 1st set.

Exact number of games

Exact number of games: it is offered to place bets on the exact number of games played in the selected set.

The example:

The bet 1st set Exact number of games: 10. For the bet to be calculated as won, the exact number of games in the 1st set must be 10.

I play Deuce

Play Deuce:offered to predict if deuce will occur during the game (deuce in tennis is reached when both players have 40 "40-all" points. To win the game from this point, a player must win two points in a row or the score will stand by going back to deuce). The following betting options are available:

  • Play Deuce: Yes– the deuce will occur during the game.
  • Play Deuce: No– deuce will not happen during the game.

The example:

The bet 2-d Set: 7-th Game to Deuce: Yes. The bet implies that the deuce will occur in game 7 of the 2-d set.

I play win at deuce

Game to win deuce: Offers to place bets on the player's victory in the deuce game. (Two in tennis is reached when both players have 40 “40-all” points. To win the game from this point, one player must win two points in a row or the score will keep going back to two.)

The example:

The bet 1-st: 2-d game Win to Deuce: Win 1. The bet implies that player 1 will win the deuce of the 2-d game of the 1-st set.

Number of games of deuce

Number of deuce games: is offered to predict the number of deuce games in the selected games. (Two in tennis is reached when both players have 40 “40-all” points. To win the game from this point, one player must win two points in a row or the score will keep going back to two.)

The example:

The bet Games of 1 and 2 days: Number of games of two: 3. The bet implies that a total of 3 games of two will be played in the games of 1 and 2 days.

Win at least two sets

Win at least two sets: it is offered to place bets on the victory of the player in at least 2 sets. The following betting options are offered:

  • Win at least two sets: yes– the player the bet is placed on will win at least two sets.
  • Win at least two sets: no– the player the bet is placed on will not win in two sets.

The example:

Bet wins 1 at least two sets: Yes. For the bet to be calculated as a win, player 1 must become the winner of at least 2 sets.

The 1st serve

The 1st serve:offered to predict which player will serve the 1st serve in the match. The following betting options are offered:

  • The 1st serve: player 1– player 1 will serve the 1st serve.
  • The 1st serve: player 2– player 2 will serve the 1st serve.

Total aces in the match

Total aces in the match:it is offered to place bets on the total number of aces made (Ace is a legal service, which wins the point while the receiver has not touched the ball). The following betting options are available

  • Total aces in match: more– the total number of aces made in the match will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Total aces in the match: less– the total number of aces made in the match will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

The 1st ace

The 1st ace: is offered to predict which of the players will make the 1st ace in the match. An ace is a legal serve, winning the point as long as the receiver has not touched the ball. The following betting options are available:

  • The 1st ace: player 1– the first ace of the match will be played by player 1.
  • The 1st ace: player 2– the first ace of the match will be played by player 2.
  • The 1st ace: no one– no aces will be made in the match.

Total double faults in the match

Total double faults in the match: it is offered to place bets on the total number of double faults committed. Double fault is the situation where the player makes a mistake on both serves and loses the point. The following betting options are available:

  • Total double faults in the match: more- the total number of double faults made will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Total double faults in the match: under- the total number of double faults made will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Total double faults in the match

The first double fault: is offered to predict which player will commit the first double fault of the match. Double fault is the situation where the player makes a mistake on both serves and loses the point. The following betting options are available:

  • The 1st double fault: player 1– the 1st double fault will be committed by player 1.
  • The 1st double fault: player 2– the 1st double fault will be committed by player 2.
  • The 1st double fault: no one– No double fault will be committed in the match.

Sets with the highest score

Highest Scoring Sets:offered to predict in which of the sets the highest total number of games will be scored. The following betting options are available:

  • 1-st < 2-nd: the highest total number of games will be played in the 2nd set.
  • 1-st = 2-nd: Equal number of games will be played in the 1st and 2nd set.
  • 1-st > 2-nd: the greatest number of games will be played in the 1st set.

The example:

The score of the 1st set is 6:1, the 2nd set is 6:4. Therefore, the second set is the highest scoring set. In the event that the 1-st bet < 2-nd is calculated as won, and bets for 1-st = 2-nd and 1-st > 2-nd will be calculated as lost.

Medical waiting time

Medical time-out: Bets are offered on whether the medical time-out will take place during the match (tennis players can request medical time-outs in case of injury). The following betting options are available:

  • Medical time-out: Yes– the medical time-out will take place during the match.
  • Medical time-out: No –Medical time-out will not take place during the match.

How long is the 1st set (minute)

How long the 1st set lasts (minute): it is offered to place bets on the duration (in minutes) of the 1st set. The following betting options are available:

  • How long is the 1st set (minute): more– the number of minutes in the 1st set will be greater than the selected betting argument number.
  • How long is the 1st set (minute): low: the number of minutes of the 1st set will be less than the selected number of bet argument.

How long does the match last (minute)

How long the match lasts (minute): it is offered to place bets on the duration (in minutes) of the match (in minutes). The following betting options are available:

  • How long the match lasts(minute): over– the number of game minutes will be greater than the selected number of bet argument.
  • Length of match (minute): low: the number of minutes of the match will be less than the selected number of bet argument.

The match will be won by an ace

The match will be won by an ace:bet is offered if the match will be won by an ace (the ace is a legal serve, which wins the point while the receiver has not touched the ball). The following betting options are available:

  • The match will be won by an ace: yes– the match will be won by an ace.
  • The match will be won by an ace: no– the match will not be won by an ace.

Fastest serve speed km/h

Fastest Serve Speed ​​km/h: is offered for placing bets on the player's fastest serve speed. The following betting options are available:

  • Fastest serve speed km/h: plus– the speed of the selected player's fastest serve will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument.
  • Fastest serve speed km/h: less– the speed of the selected player's fastest serve will be less than the selected value of the bet argument.

Average speed of the 1st serve km/h

Average 1st Serve Speed ​​km/h: Offered to place bets on the player's average 1st serve speed. The following betting options are available:

  • Average 1st serve speed km/h: over: the player's average 1st serve speed will be higher than the selected bet argument value.
  • Average 1st Serve Speed ​​km/h: Under: The player's average 1st serve speed will be less than the selected bet argument value.

Tournament Winner

Tournament Winner:Offers to place bets on the winner of the tournament.

The example:

The bet Winner of the Qatar ExxonMobile Open: R. Federer. For the bet to be settled as won, R. Federer must win the tournament.

Game score 15-15

Game score 15-15:offered to predict if during the game the score reaches 15-15. The following betting options are available:

  • Game score 15-15: yes– during the game the score will reach 15-15.
  • Game score 15-15: no– the game score will not go up to 15-15.

The example:

The bet 1-st set 2-d game score 15-15: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, the score during the 2d game of the 1st set must reach 15-15.

Game score 30-30

Game score 30-30: is offered to predict if during the game the score reaches 30-30. The following betting options are available:

  • Game score 30-30: yes– during the game the score will reach 30-30.
  • Game score 30-30: no– during the game the score will not reach 30-30.

The example:

The bet 2-d set 3-rd game score 30-30: no. For the bet to be calculated as won during the 3rd game of the 2d set, the score must not reach 30-30.

First win 2 games

Win 2 games first: offers to predict which player will win 2 games first in the set. The following betting options are available:

  • First wins 2 games: Player 1– Player 1 will be the first to win 2 games in the set.
  • First wins 2 games: player 2 – player 2 will be the first to win 2 games in the set.

The example:

The 1st set bet: First win 2 games: player 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 1st set player 1 must win 2 games the first.

First win 3 games

Win 3 games first: offers to predict which player will win 3 games first in the set. The following betting options are available:

  • First wins 3 games: player 1– player 1 will be the first to win 3 games in the set.
  • First wins 3 games: player 2 – player 2 will be the first to win 3 games in the set.

The example:

The 2-d set bet First wins 3 games: player 2. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the second set player 2 must win 3 games the first.

First win 4 games

Win 4 games first: offers to predict which player will win 4 games first in the set. The following betting options are available:

  • First wins 4 games: Player 1: Player 1 will be the first to win 4 games in the set.
  • First wins 4 games: player 2 – player 2 will be the first to win 4 games in the set.

The example:

The bet 1st set: First wins 4 games: player 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the first set player 2 must win 4 games the first.

First win 5 games

Win 5 games first: offers to predict which player will win 5 games first in the set. The following betting options are available:

  • First wins 5 games: Player 1– Player 1 will be the first to win 5 games in the set.
  • First wins 5 games: player 2 – player 2 will be the first to win 5 games in the set.

The example:

The 2-d set bet: First wins 5 games: player 2. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the second set player 2 must win 5 games to the first.

Win at least one set

Win at least one set: offered to predict if the player will win at least one set. The following betting options are available:

  • Win at least one set: yes- the player, on which the bet is placed, will win at least one set.
  • Win at least one set: no- the player, on which the bet is placed, will not win any of the sets.

The example:

The bet Win 2 at least one set: yes. For the bet to be calculated as won, player 2 will win at least 1 set. For example, if the match score is 2-1, the bet will be settled as won, because player 2 won 1 set.

Win the match losing the 1st set

Win the match losing the 1st set: a bet is offered if the player will lose the first set, but win the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Win Match Losing 1st Set: Yes– the player the bet is placed on will lose the 1st set, but win the match.
  • Win the match losing the 1st set: no– the player the bet is placed on will win the 1st set, but lose the match.

The example:

The bet Wins the match losing the 1st set player 1: yes. For the bet to be settled as won, player 1 must lose the first set, but must win the match.

The bets offered on the outcomes of tennis matches:

The first player (team) will win in the match (set or game) – “Win 1”.

The second tennis player (team) will win in match (set or game) – “Win 2”.

The first tennis player (team) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account –“Handicap 1”.

The second tennis player (team) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap2”.

Bets on total number of games in match (set) “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of games in match (set) to be even or odd.

Bets on results of the first set and the full match:

It is offered to predict the winner of both the first set and the full match simultaneously. The following 4 betting options are available:

“Win1 Win1” – victory of the first tennis player (team) in both the first set and the full match.

“Win1 Win2” – victory of the first tennis player (team) in the first set and victory of the second tennis player (team) in the full match.

“Win2 Win1” – victory of the second tennis player (team) in the first set and victory of the first tennis player (team) in the full match.

“Win2 Win2” – victory of the second tennis player (team) in both the first set and the full match.

Bets on the final score of match (set):

It is offered to select the precise score registered in the end of the match (set) from the options available in the program (line).

Bets on tie-break to happen (not to happen).

Bets: Who will score the next point.

The information provided by the official websites of tournaments and championships, which are included in the table, is taken as basis during calculation of bets on tennis matches.

In case of wrong indication of court coverage or place of tournament and incorrespondence in tournament’s name made by the provider in the program (line), the bets made on the outcomes of the given tournament remain valid.

Penalty point (points) awarded by referee to a tennis player (team) are taken into account during calculation of the bets.

For example, during the score (6:4), (3:2), (0:40) the referee awarded 1 penalty point to the second player and the score became (6:4), (3:3). In this case, the second player is considered to win the 6-th game of the second set.

The bets made on the outcomes of tennis matches, which were postponed or interrupted, remain valid until the end of the tournament, which they belong to.

BETS ON VOLLEYBALL AND BEACH VOLLEYBALL

In volleyball matches from 3 to 5 sets are played. The first team to win three sets wins the match, and the first team to reach 25 points wins the set (in the 5th final set – 15 points), with an advantage of at least 2 points over the opponent. When the score is 24:24 for the set, and it is 14:14 for the final set, then the set continues until one of the teams reaches 2-point advantage over the opponent in the current score of the set or the final set. There is no maximum score established, in the case of which the set is considered as completed; the set continues until one of the competitors reaches 2-point advantage in the set. Matches can also be played in another format, where it is played from 2 to 3 sets.

In the play-off round when the games end with the same score in favor of different teams (for example, in the first match 3:2 was registered in favor of the first team, and in the second match – 2:3 in favor of the second team), an additional set is played – the “Golden set” (in the “Golden set” wins the team that scores the first 15 points), the winner of the set passes to the next round. Results registered in the “Golden set” are not taken into account when calculating bets on the outcome of the second match.

In beach volleyball matches from 2 to 3 sets are played. The first team to win two sets wins the match, and the first team to reach 21 points wins the set (in the 3rd final set – 15 points), with an advantage of at least 2 points over the opponent. When the score is 20:20 (in the 3rd final set – 14:14), the set (the 3rd final set) is played until one of the teams reaches a 2-point advantage over the opponent.

In volleyball and beach volleyball matches the format of the game may change during the match (for example, a set that should have been played to 25 points is played to other points). In such cases, the organizer makes a special mark in the Line about the possible changes in the game format.

A volleyball match is played until one of the teams wins 3 sets. There are no time limitations for the sets, each set is played until one of the teams scores 25 points. In case the team does not win by two points (25։24) at that time, the game continues until one team wins by two points.

The handicap and the total of a volleyball match are specified in points.

Result

Result:offered to predict which team will be the winner of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Win 1:team 1 win
  • Win 2:team 2 win

Handicap

Handicap:handicap is the advantage or disadvantage in points, which is attributed to the team. The team the bet is placed on must be the winner of the match after making handicap adjustments.

Positive Handicap:In this type of handicap, the team on which the bet is placed must become the winner after the point advantage, the number of which is defined as the handicap argument, is added to the team's final score.

The example:

The bet Handicap 2 (20.5). The bet is placed on team 2 and (20.5) is the downside argument here. For this bet to be won, Team 2 must be the winner of the match after we add the 20.5 point lead to their final score. Let's review the possible outcomes of this bet:

  • The match ended with the score 78:60 (1st set: 25:13; 2nd set: 25:21, 3rd set: 28:26).When we add the advantage of 20.5 points to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 78:80.5. In this case, the bet wins, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, team 2 is the winner.
  • The match ended with the score 78:52 (1st set: 25:13; 2nd set 25:13, 3rd set: 28:26).When we added the advantage of 20.5 points to the final score of team 2, the score becomes 78:72.5. In this case, the bet is lost, since the adjustment handicap advantage, team 2 is not the winner.

Negative Handicap:In this type of handicap, the team on which the bet is placed must become the winner after subtracting from the team's final score the number of points defined by the value argument of the handicap.

The example:

The bet Handicap 1(-20.5). The bet is placed on team 1 and "-20.5" is the handicap argument. For the bet to win, Team 1 must be the winner of the match after deducting 20.5 points from their final score. Let's review the results of this bet:

  • The match ended with the score: 75-45 (1st set: 25:13; 2nd set: 25:19, 3rd set: 25:13).When we subtract 20.5 points from team 1's score, the score becomes 54.5:45. In this case, the bet wins, since after the handicap adjustment, team 1 is still the winner of the match.
  • The match ended with the score: 75-64 (1st set: 25:22, 2nd set: 25-23, 3rd set 25-19).When we subtract 20.5 points from the team 1 score, the score becomes 54.5-64. In this case, the bet is lost, since after the handicap adjustment, team 1 is no longer the winner of the match.

Total

Total: is offered to predict whether the number of points scored will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Total Over:the number of points scored will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument
  • Total under:the number of points scored will be less than the selected value of the bet

The example:

The total bet on (182.5). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of points scored in the match must be greater than 182.5.

Total Sets

Total Sets:offered to predict whether the total number of sets played will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Total Games: More– the total number of sets played will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument
  • Total Sets: under– the total number of sets played will be less than the selected value of the bet argument

The example:

The total set bet: plus (3.5). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of sets played in the match must be at least 4.

Total Odd/Even

Total Odd/Even: is offered to predict whether the total number of points scored will be odd or even.

The example:

The bet Total odd/even: odd. For the bet to be calculated as won, the number of points scored must be odd (for example, 181, 183, 185, etc.).

Winning Set

Set Winner:offered to predict the winner of the set. The following betting options are available.

  • Win 1: the set will be won by team 1
  • Win 2: the set will be won by team 2

The example:

The bet on the winner of the 2nd set: wins 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win in the 2nd set.

Win from behind after 0:2 or 2:0

Win from behind after 0:2 or 2:0: is offered to predict if anyone will manage to win the match after losing in the first 2 sets (the score 0:2 or 2 :0).

  • Win from behind after 0:2 or 2:0– one of the teams will manage to win the match after losing in the first 2 sets
  • Win from behind after 0:2 or 2:0– one of the teams will not win the match after losing in the first 2 sets

Correct punctuation

Correct Score: offered to predict the exact score with which the match will end.

The example:

The bet Correct score: 2:3. For the bet to be calculated as won, the match must end with the result 2:3.

High Score Total Set

Highest Scoring Total Set: is offered to predict whether the total number of points scored in the highest scoring set (the set in which the highest number of points were scored) will be below above or below the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • High Score Total Set: More– the total number of points scored in the high score set will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument
  • Total High Score Set: Less– the total number of points scored in the high score set will be less than the selected value of the bet argument

Lowest Score Total Set

Lowest Score Total Set: is offered to predict if the total number of points scored in the lowest score set (the set in which the lowest number of points was scored) will be above or below the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Lowest Score Total Set: More-the total number of points scored in the lowest score set will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument
  • Lowest Score Total Set: Minus-the total number of points scored in the lowest score set will be less than the selected value of the bet argument

Total Blocks

Total Blocks: is offered to predict whether the number of blocks made by the team will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. A screen in volleyball is a defensive game action at the net. A screen can be made by one or more players, who jump close to the net in front of an opposing attacker to prevent the ball from entering their side of the court. The following betting options are available:

  • Total Blocks: More– the number of blocks made by the team will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument
  • Total Blocks: Low– the number of blocks made by the team will be less than the selected value of the bet argument

The example:

The bet Team 1: total of more blocks (20). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of blocks made by team 1 must be greater than 20.

Total aces in the match

Total aces in the match: is offered to predict if the number of aces made by the team will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. An ace in volleyball occurs when the player serves the ball and the opposing team cannot pass it and the ball hits the ground. The following betting options are available:

  • Total Aces: More– the number of aces made by the team will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument
  • Total Aces: Less– the number of aces made by the team will be less than the selected value of the bet argument

The example:

The Team 2 bet: total aces under (10). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of aces made by team 2 must be less than 10.

Total post errors

Total Post Errors: is offered to predict whether the number of service faults made by the team will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Total post errors: plus: the number of service faults made by the team will be greater than the selected value of the bet argument
  • Total post errors: low: the number of service faults made by the team will be less than the selected value of the bet argument

The example:

Total Team 1 Serve bet fails: less than (10). For the bet to be calculated as won, the total number of service faults made by team 1 must be less than 10.

Set: Winning Margin

Set: Winning Margin: is offered to predict the point spread by which the team will win the set.

The example:

The bet 2nd set Margin of victory of 5-7: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must be the winner of the 2nd set and the point difference must be 5 to 7.

1st time out

1st timeout: offered to predict which team will require the first timeout. The following betting options are available:

  • 1st timeout: team 1 – the first timeout will be required by team 1
  • 1st timeout: team 2 – team 2 will require the first timeout

Set: Race to 5 points

Set: Race to 5 points: it is offered to predict which team will score 5 points first in the set. The following betting options are available:

  • Set: 5 Point Race: Team 1 – Team 1 will score 5 points first in the set
  • Set: 5 Point Race: Team 2 – Team 2 will score 5 points first in the set

The example:

The bet 2nd set Race to 5 points: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 2nd set team 1 must score 5 points first.

Set: Race to 10 points

Set: Race to 10 points: it is offered to predict which team will score 10 points first in the set. The following betting options are available:

  • Set: Race to 10 points: team 1 – team 1 will score 10 points first in the set
  • Set: Race to 10 points: team 2 – team 2 will score 10 points first in the set

The example:

The bet 2nd set Race to 10 points: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 2nd set team 1 must score 10 points first.

Set: Race to 15 points

Set: Race to 15 points: it is offered to predict which team will score 15 points the first of the set. The following betting options are available:

  • Set: Race to 15 points: team 1 – team 1 will score 15 points first in the set
  • Set: Race to 15 points: team 2 – team 2 will score 15 points the first in the set

The example:

The bet 3rd set Race to 15 points: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 3rd set, team 1 must score 15 points first.

Set: Race to 20 points

Set: Race to 20 points: it is offered to predict which team will score 20 points the first of the set. The following betting options are available:

  • Set: Race to 20 points: team 1 – team 1 will score 20 points first in the set
  • Set: Race to 20 points: team 2 – team 2 will score 20 points first in the set

The example:

The bet 3rd set Race to 20 points: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 3rd set, team 1 must score 20 points first.

Set: Race to 25 points

Set: Race to 25 points: it is offered to predict which team will score 25 points the first of the set. The following betting options are available:

  • Set: Race to 25 points: team 1 – team 1 will score 25 points first in the set
  • Set: Race to 25 points: team 2 – team 2 will score 25 points first in the set

The example:

The bet 1st set Race to 25 points: team 2. For the bet to be calculated as won, in the 1st set, team 2 must score 25 points first.

Set: extra punctuation

Set: Extra Score: Offered to predict if the extra score will be fixed during the set. Additional scoring is the points scored if the team does not win by two points (24:24) at that time, and play continues until one of the teams wins by two points. The following betting options are available:

  • Set: extra score: yes– the extra score will be fixed during the set
  • Set: bonus score: no– bonus score will not be set during the set

5-th point

5th Point: Offered to predict which team will win the 5th point of the set. The following betting options are available:

  • 5-th point: team 1– the 5th point of the set will be won by team 1
  • 5-th point: team 2– team 2 will win the fifth point of the set

The example:

The 2-nd set 5-th point bet: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win the 5-th point in the 2-nd set.

10-th point

10th Point: Offered to predict which team will win the 10th point of the set. The following betting options are available:

  • 10th point: team 1– the 10th point of the set will be won by team 1
  • 10th point: team 2– the 10th point of the set will be won by team 2

The example:

2nd Set 10th Point Bet: Team 1. For bet to be settled as won, Team 1 must win the 10th point in Set 2.

Point 15

Point 15: Offered to predict which team will win the 15th point in the set. The following betting options are available:

  • Point 15: Team 1– Point 15 of the set will be won by Team 1
  • Point 15: Team 2– Point 15 of the set will be won by Team 2

The example:

The 2nd set 15th point bet: Team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win the 15th point in the 2nd set.

Point 20

Point 20: Offered to predict which team will win the 20th point in the set. The following betting options are available:

  • Point 20: Team 1– Point 20 of the set will be won by Team 1
  • Point 20: Team 2– Point 20 of the set will be won by Team 2

The example:

The 2-nd set 20-th point bet: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win the 20-th point in the 2-nd set.

Point 25

Point 25:is offered to predict which team will win the 25th point in the set. The following betting options are available:

  • Point 25: Team 1– Point 25 of the set will be won by Team 1
  • 25th point: team 2– the 25th point of the set will be won by team 2

The example:

The 2-nd set 25-th point bet: team 1. For the bet to be calculated as won, team 1 must win the 25-th point in the 2-nd set.

Score after 4-th set

Score after 4-th set: Offered to predict the match score after 4 sets are played.

The example:

The bet Score after the 4-th set: 1:3. For the bet to be calculated as won, the score after playing 4 sets must be 1:3.

Score after 3rd set

Score after 3rd set: Offered to predict the match score after 3 sets are played.

The example:

The bet Score after the 3rd set: 2:1. For the bet to be calculated as won, the score after playing 3 sets must be 2:1.

Score after the second set

Score after 2nd set: Offered to predict the match score after 2 sets are played.

The example:

The bet Score after the 2nd set: 2:0. For the bet to be calculated as won, the score after playing 2 sets must be 2:0.

5-th set in match

5-th set in match: offered to predict if the 5-th set will be played in the match. The 5-th set is played in case of a score of 2:2. It continues until one of the teams scores 15 points with a minimum lead of two points (15-13). In the case of 15:14, the scoring teams play until one of them gains a 2-point lead over the opponent. The following betting options are available:

  • 5-th set in match: yes – the 5-th set will be played
  • 5-th set in match: no – the 5-th set will not be played

First serve

First Serve: Offered to predict which team will serve first in the match. The following betting options are available:

  • First serve: team 1– the first serve will be served by team 1
  • First serve: team 2– the first serve will be served by team 2

The match will be won by block.

The match will be won by block.: is offered to predict if the winner of the match will be decided by a block. A screen in volleyball is a defensive game action at the net. A screen can be made by one or more players, who jump close to the net in front of an opposing attacker to prevent the ball from entering their side of the court. The following betting options are available:

  • The match will be won by block: yes– the winner of the match will be defined by block
  • The match will be won by block: no– the winner of the match will be determined not by block

The match will be won by ace

The match will be won by ace: it is offered to predict if the match will be decided by an ace. An ace in volleyball occurs when the player serves the ball and the opposing team cannot pass it and the ball hits the ground. The following betting options are available:

  • Match will be won by ace: yes – match winner will be defined by ace
  • The match will be won by ace: no – the winner of the match will be defined by ace

Who will win the point

Who will win the point: offers to predict which team will win the particular point.

The example: The 3rd set bet Who will win the point: Team 1 (43). To win the bet, team 1 must score the 43rd point. Suppose the current set score is 19-23, which means that 42 (19+23) points were played. For the bet to win, the score must become 20-23, in other words, team 1 must win the 43rd point.

First challenge video

First Video Challenge: offers to predict which team will demand the video challenge first. The following betting options are available:

  • First video challenge: team 1– the first video challenge will be demanded by team 1
  • First video challenge: team 2– the first video challenge will be demanded by team 2

Bets offered on the outcomes of volleyball and beach volleyball matches:

 In volleyball and beach volleyball, the handicap and total are calculated by points, except for “Sets’ Handicap” and “Sets’ Total” outcomes, which are calculated by number.

The first team will win the match (set) – “Win1”.

The second team will win the match (set) – “Win2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets: by the number of sets the first team will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

Bets: by the number of sets the second team will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by teams in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: the total number of points in the match (set) will be even (odd).

Bets on the outcomes of “Win with advantage points” in the set.

It is proposed to guess which team will win the set and with an advantage of how many offered points, for example: “Win of team 1 with an advantage of 7-8 points”.

Bets: the first (second) team will get the specified point in the match (set).

For example, in the second set, the first (second) team will win the 24th point.

Bets on the result of the first set and the whole match.

It is proposed to guess the result of the first set and the whole match at the same time. The following 4 options are possible:

“Win1Win1” – win of the first team in the first set and the match.

“Win1Win2” – win of the first team in the first set and win of the second team in the match.

“Win2Win1” – win of the second team in the first set and win of the first team in the match.

“Win2Win2” – win of the second team in the first set and the match.

Bets on the final score of the match (set).

It is proposed to choose the exact score registered in the final result of the match (set), according to the possible options included in the Line.

The official websites of the championships and tournaments (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of volleyball and beach volleyball matches. In some cases, when the information available on the official website does not make clear the outcome of the proposed bet (the required information is not available on the official website), the video recordings of the matches are taken as a basis for calculating the bets.

A volleyball and beach volleyball match that has been interrupted and did not continue or completed within 24 hours is considered to be failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to the calculation (for example, the match was interrupted in the second set, the match was considered failed, but the first set, which was played in full, i.e. has taken placed, and bets on the outcome of the last one are subject to calculation), and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in volleyball and beach volleyball matches are also accepted if they will be offered by the organizer in the line.

BETS ON AUTO RACING

The rules of accepting bets in auto racing:

The warm up lap is included in the racing;

If both drivers are out of the race the winner in the pair is the driver who has passed more laps;

If the driver is classified, he has finished the race.

The following kinds of bets can be placed on auto racing:

Win of the driver in the race.

The driver will take places from 1 to 3 inclusive.

The driver will finish the race (will be qualified).

The driver will not finish the race (will not be qualified).

The driver will have the fastest lap of the race.

The first driver will take a higher place than the second one in the final report (the column “1” of the line).

The second driver will take a higher place than the first one in the final report (the column “2” of the line).

Bets are also accepted on other probable events in auto racing, which will be offered in the line.

BETS ON BASEBALL

In a baseball match 9 innings are played. During calculation of bets made on final result of the match, the results registered in overtime inning (innings) are also taken into account. If the match ends in a draw and overtime inning (innings) was not played or if, based on the tournament’s requirements, in the played overtime inning draw was again registered, then the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

According to “Mercy Rule”, a baseball match can be finished untimely. In these cases, the match is considered completed with the results recorded at the time of interruption and all the bets are calculated taking into account the results recorded at the moment of interruption. (Mercy Rule functions when one of the teams has a significant advantage in score over the opponent team. The advantage level may vary according to requirements of different countries’ tournaments and championships.

If during one day the teams played two matches and in the program (line) the provider offered the bets on only one of them, the results registered in the game, which was played the first, is taken as basis during calculation of the bets.

In baseball the format change is also possible during the game (for example, 7 innings are played instead of 9 innings). In this case, the notice, informing about the possible change of match format is made by the organizer in the program.

The bets for Total and Handicap in baseball are calculated in points.

The bets offered on the outcomes of baseball matches:

The first team will win in the match – “Win 1”.

The second team will win in the match – “Win 2”.

The first team will win (not lose) match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of points scored by the teams in match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument.

Bets on total number of points scored by each team individually in match – “Total over (under) the value bet argument”.

Bets on total number of points scored in match to be even (odd).

The bets on the following outcomes of the given inning: “Win1”, “Draw”, “Win2”, “Handicap” and “Total”.

The bets are also offered on the following outcomes of the first 3, the first 5 and the first 7 innings: “Win1”, “Draw”, “Win2”, “Handicap” and “Total”.

The official websites of tournaments, which are included in the table, are taken as basis for calculation of bets on baseball matches.

A baseball match that was interrupted and did not continued from an interrupted inning or completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 5 full innings were played. If the interrupted match is replayed from the beginning, the bets on the outcomes of the interrupted match are calculated by odds of “1” (one), except for the bets, the outcomes of which have already become clear. In the other cases, the event is considered to be not completed. The bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes of match are calculated with the odds “1” (one) if the match has been interrupted with the tied score and is considered to be completed.

If the match has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have already been determined by the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). If the match has been interrupted and is considered to be completed, the bets made on the outcomes of separate innings, which were not played, are calculated with the odds 1 (one). 

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of baseball matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON SNOOKER

Snooker matches usually consist of an odd number of frames (rounds). The player, who has won more frames, wins the match. For example, in the match consisting of 7 (seven) frames a player, who has won 4 (four) frames, wins the match. A player, who has scored more points, wins the frame. Snooker matches can also be held in other formats, the notice informing about which is made by the organizer in the program (line).

In snooker matches a stalemate situation may occur, when striking the red balls does not contribute to the continuation of the frame. In case of a stalemate, according to the referee’s suggestion the players may replay the current frame (restart the frame with 0:0 score). For the frame to be replayed, both players should agree with the referee’s suggestion. The bets made on the outcomes of the current frame are calculated according to the results registered in the replayed frame. In case of not agreeing, the frame continues. The player, who doesn’t agree with the referee’s suggestion, continues the game. But if the player misses 3 consecutive strikes after the continuation of the frame, then the victory of the frame is awarded to the opponent. In this case, the bets made on all the outcomes of this frame (including “Win 1” and “Win 2”) are calculated with the odds “1” (one). If the player, who hasn’t agreed with the referee, continues the match and succeeds in the strikes, then the bets made on this frame remain valid and are calculated according to the final result.

Bets offered on the outcomes of Snooker matches:

In Snooker match, the handicap and total are calculated according to the number of frames, and in a frame – by the points.

The first player will win the match (frame) – “Win 1”.

The second player will win the match (frame) – “Win 2”.

The first player will win (not lose) the match (frame) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second player will win (not lose) the match (frame) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of frames played in match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of points scored in frame – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets: which player will score the first ball in match.

Bets: which player will be the first to score the offered number of points.

Bets on total number of points scored in the frame to be even (odd).

Bets: whether the first (second) player will score the first (the last) ball.

Bets on the first scored ball to be yellow (green, brown, blue, pink, black)

“Century break” will be scored (will not be scored)

“Century break” is when one of the players scores 100 (hundred) or more points in the match within one visit at the table and without missing shots. The points, scored by the player in case of the opponent’s foul, are not taken into account in “Century break”.

-Foul to happen (not to happen)

All the bets made on the outcomes of the frame are calculated after the end of the frame.

All the points awarded by the match referee are taken into account when calculating the bets made on the outcomes of the match. In some cases, the referee may award the victory to one of the players before the end of that frame (e.g. when the referee suggests an option for the resolution of the current situation, which the player doesn’t agree with and by acting the opposite s/he fails.) In that case the frame is considered completed and all the bets are calculated according to the registered result.

If one of the frames hasn’t been played for any reason, then all the bets made on the outcomes of that frame are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one), and the bets made on the other outcomes are calculated according to the final result (e.g. if one of the players is late for the appointed start time of the frame, the referee may award the victory to the other player and consider the frame as completed, but in this case, the bets made on the outcomes of this frame are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one)).

The official websites of the championships and tournaments (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of snooker matches. In some cases, when the information required for the calculation of any outcome of the match is not available оn the official website, the video recording of the match is taken as a basis for the calculation. E.g. for the calculation of the bet made on the outcome “The first/the second player will score the first ball” the video recording of the match will be taken as a basis if the required information is not available on the official website.

Bets made on the outcomes of postponed or interrupted snooker matches remain valid until the end of the tournament or the championship within the framework of which it is held. All the bets made on the outcomes of the match remain valid until the start or continuation of the match.

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of snooker matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON BADMINTON

If in the started badminton match one of the players (one team) is disqualified for some reason, refuses to play or is unable to continue the match, the match ends untimely, then the bets made on the outcomes of that match are calculated in the following way:

The bets, outcomes of which are definitely determined at the moment of match interruption, based on the match format, are considered completed and are subject to calculation. All the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

For example, the player refuses to play during the first set with the score 19:20. In this case, bets made on the following outcomes of the first set will be calculated with the odds 1 (one): “Win1”, “Win2”, “Total over (under) 40.5”, “Handicap 1 (+1.5), “Handicap 2 (-1.5)”, “Handicap 1 (-1.5)”, Handicap 2 (+1.5)”, as well as the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” of match. The bets made on the following outcomes of the first set are subject to calculation: “Total over (under) 38.5”, “Total over (under) 39.5”, “Handicap1 (+2.5)”, “Handicap2 (-2.5)”, “Handicap1 (-2.5)”, “Handicap2 (+2.5)”, “Handicap1 (+3.5)”, “Handicap2 (-3.5), “Handicap1 (-3.5)”, Handicap2 (+3.5).

In badminton the bets on Handicap and Total are calculated in points.

If before the match start, one of the players (one of the teams) refuses to participate in the match, the bets made on that match outcomes are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

If during badminton team matches, in which the participants’ names are specified by team (country) name (e.g. China-Indonesia), the change of tennis player (team) is performed (in advance announced player or team for which the bets were offered), the bets on all outcomes of the match remain valid.

The bets offered on the outcomes of badminton matches:

The first player (pair) will win the match (set) – “Win1”.

The second player (pair) will win the match (set) – “Win2”.

The first player (team) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account –“Handicap1”.

The second player (team) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap2”.

Bets on number of points in match (set) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on number of points to be even (odd).

Bets on results of the first set and the full match:

It is offered to predict the winner of both the first set and the full match simultaneously. The following four betting options are available:

“Win1 Win1” – victory of the first player (team) in both the first set and the full match.

“Win1 Win2” – victory of the first player (team) in the first set and victory of the second player (team) in the full match.

“Win2 Win1” – victory of the second player (team) in the first set and victory of the first tennis player (team) in the match.

“Win2 Win2” – victory of the second player (team) in both the first set and the match.

Bets on the final score of match (set):

It is offered to select the precise score registered in the end of the match (set) from the options available in the program (line).

The official websites of tournaments and championships, which are included in the table, are taken as basis for calculation of bets on badminton matches.

The bets made on the outcomes of the matches, which have been postponed or interrupted, remain valid until the end of the tournament, which they belong to.

The bets are also accepted on other outcomes of badminton matches offered by the provider in the Line.

BETS ON BANDY

In bandy matches the bets are accepted on regular time of match if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). The result registered in overtime is not taken into account during the calculation of the bets made on the outcomes of regular time. The regular time of a bandy match is 90 minutes (two halves, the duration of each is 45 minutes). According to the requirement of particular tournaments and championships, the format of the match can be changed ( matches, the duration of which is 60 minutes, 70 minutes and 80 minutes with two halves, the duration of each is 30, 35, and 40 minutes accordingly). During a match of a different format, the specifying notice is made by the provider in the program (line).

Bets offered on bandy matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win 1”.

Draw in match (in the half) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.

The first team will not lose match (half) – “1X”.

One of the teams will win match (half) – “12”.

The second team will not lose match (half) – “2X”.

The first team will win (not lose) match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in match (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument.

Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (half) – “Total over (under) the value bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored in match (half) to be even (odd).

Championships’ official websites, which are included in the table, are taken as basis for calculation of bets made on bandy matches.

The bandy match (the duration of which is 90 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered to be completed if no less than 70 minutes were played. The bandy matches with the duration of 60, 70 and 80 minutes, which have been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered to be completed if no less than 48, 56, and 64 minutes were played accordingly. In the other cases, the match is considered to be not completed. If the match has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

The bets are also accepted on other outcomes of bandy matches offered by the provider in the Line.

BETS ON FIELD HOCKEY

In field hockey the bets are accepted on the regular time of match if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). The results, registered in overtime and penalty shootout, are not taken into account during calculation of the bets offered on outcomes of regular time. The regular time of a field hockey is 60 minutes (2 halves- the duration of each is 30 minutes or 4 quarters – the duration of each is 15 minutes), but the match can be also played in the following format: the duration of 70 minutes (2 halves- the duration of each is 35 minutes or 4 quarters – the duration of each is 17 minutes 30 seconds). During a match of a different format, the specifying notice is made by the provider in the program (line).

The bets offered on the outcomes of field hockey matches:

The first team will win the match (period, quarter) – “Win 1”.

Draw in match (half, quarter) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (period, quarter) – “Win 2”.

The first team will not lose match (half, quarter) – “1X”.

One of the teams will win match (half, quarter) – “12”.

The second team will not lose match (half, quarter) – “2X”.

The first team will win (not lose) match (half, quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) match (half, quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in match (half, quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument“.

Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (half, quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored in match (half) to be even (odd).

The field hockey match (the duration of which is 70 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered to be completed if no less than 55 minutes were played. The field hockey match with the duration of 60 minutes, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered to be completed if accordingly no less 47 minutes were played. In the other cases, the match is considered to be not completed. If the match has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other outcomes of field hockey matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON TABLE TENNIS

If in the started table tennis match one of the tennis players (one team) is disqualified for some reason, refuses to play or is unable to continue the match, the match ends untimely, then the bets made on the outcomes of that match are calculated in the following way:

The bets, the outcomes of which are definitely determined at the moment of interruption, based on the match format, are considered completed and are subject to calculation. The bets made on the other outcomes are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

For example, a tennis player (tennis team) refuses to continue the match in the first set, when the score is 9:10. In this case, the bets made on the following outcomes of the first set are calculated with the odds 1 (one): “Win1”, “Win2”, “Total over(under) 20.5”, “Handicap1 (+1.5)”, “Handicap2(-1.5)”, “Handicap1 (-1.5)”, “Handicap2 (+1.5), as well as the bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes of match. And the outcomes of the first set “Total over (under) 18.5”, “Total over (under)19.5”, “Handicap1 (+2.5)”, “Handicap2 (-2.5)”, “Handicap1 (-2.5)” are subject to calculation.

If one of the sides refuses to participate in the match before its start, the bets made on the match outcomes are calculated with odds “1” (one). If during tennis doubles (team) match, in which the participants’ names are specified by team (country) name (e.g. Spain-Switzerland), the change of tennis player (team) is performed (in advance announced tennis player or tennis team for which the bets were offered), the bets on all outcomes of the match remain valid.

The bets on Handicap and Total in tennis are calculated in points.

The bets offered on the outcomes of table tennis matches:

The first player (pair) will win the match (set) – “Win1”.

The second player (pair) will win the match (set) – “Win2”.

The first tennis player (team) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account –“Handicap1”.

The second tennis player (team) will win (not lose) match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap2”.

Bets on total number of points in match (set) “Total over (under) the value of bet argument“.

Bets on the number of points in match (set) to be even or odd.

Bets on the final score of match (set).

It is offered to select the precise score registered in the end of the match (set) from the options available in the program (line).

The tournaments’ official websites, which are included in the table, are taken as basis for calculation of bets made on table tennis matches.

The bets made on the outcomes of table tennis matches, which were postponed or interrupted, remain valid until the end of the tournament, which they belong to.

Bets are also accepted on other outcomes of table tennis matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON TABLE SOCCER (FOOTBALL)

There are no time limits in the match (game) of table soccer. A match consists of 1 (one), 3 (three), or 5 (five) games. In a match consisting of 1 (one) game, the player (pair) who won the game wins. In a match of 3 (three) games, the player (pair) who won two games wins, and in a match of 5 (five) games, the player (pair) who won three games wins. Depending on the requirements of the championship or tournament, the game is won by the player (pair) who scores 5 (five) or 7 (seven) goals.

It is also possible that the matches will be played in another format. In such cases, the organizer makes a special note in the line about the format of the match.

If the winning score is 5 (five) goals, in case the score becomes 4:4 in the final game, then only the final game of the match is played before one of the players (pairs) achieves an advantage over the opponent of 2 goals, but the maximum score can’t exceed 8. That is, if the score becomes 4:4 in the final game, the game continues and may end with a score 4:6, 6:4, 5:7, 7:5, 6:8 or 8:6. After the score is 7:7, the game ends with a score of 8:7 or 7:8.

If the winning score is 7 (seven) goals, in case the score becomes 6:6 in the final game, then the game of the match is played before one of the players (pairs) achieves an advantage over the opponent of 2 goals, but the maximum score can’t exceed 8. That is, if the score becomes 6:6 in the game, the game continues and may end with a score 6:8 or 8:6. After the score is 7:7, the game ends with a score of 8:7 or 7:8.

Bets offered on the outcome of table soccer matches:

The first player (pair) will win the match (game) – “Win1”.

The second player (pair) will win the match (game) – “Win2”.

The first player (pair) will win (not lose) the match (game), taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

The second player (pair) will win (not lose) the match (game), taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of goals scored by a player (pair) in the match (game) – “Total over (under) the total number”.

Bets on the total number of goals scored in the match (game) – “Total over (under) the total number”.

Bets: the total number of goals in the match (game) will be even (odd).

Bets on the final result of the match (game).

It is proposed to choose the exact score recorded in the final result of the match (game), according to the possible options included in the Line.

To calculate the results of table soccer matches, the official websites of Championships and tournaments, which are presented in the table, are taken as a basis.

A table soccer match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to be failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which at the time of the stoppage have already become clearly known and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in table soccer matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

For the detailed market description press here.

BETS ON RUGBY (RUGBY LEAGUE AND RUGBY UNION)

The regular time for rugby matches is set to 80 minutes (two halves of 40 minutes each). Bets on rugby matches are accepted for regular time, unless something else is specified by the organizer in the Line. Results recorded in the post-match added time or extra-time are not taken into account when calculating bets on outcomes proposed for regular time. The organizer also offers bets on varieties of Rugby – Rugby 7 (seven), Rugby 9 (nine) and Rugby 10 (ten), where the duration of the times is 7, 9 and 10 minutes, respectively. In case of matches in this format, a special mark appears in the Line showing the match format.

In Rugby, the handicap and total are calculated by points (with the exception of totals offered for the total number of tries).

Bets offered on the outcomes of a rugby match:

The first team will win the match (half-time) – “Win1”.

There will be a draw in the match (half-time) – “Draw” (“X”).

The second team will win the match (half-time) – “Win2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: the total number of points in the match (half-time) will be even (odd).

Bets on the number of tries by teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: which team will make the next try (will be no try at all).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of rugby matches.

A rugby match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 65 minutes were played. Matches of Rugby 7, Rugby 9 and Rugby 10 are considered to have taken place if they were played in full. In all other cases the matches are considered to have failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in rugby matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON AMERICAN FOOTBALL

In American football matches, the regular time is 60 minutes of net playing time (two halves of 30 minutes each or 4 quarters of 15 minutes each). Bets on the outcomes of American football matches are calculated taking into account post-match extra-time. If the match ends with the draw and no extra-time is played, or if the extra-time is played, based on the requirements of this tournament, and the draw recorded as a result of extra-time, then bets on “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation by odds of “1” (one).

In American football, the handicap and total are calculated by points.

Bets offered on the outcome of an American football match:

The first team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win1”.

The second team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by teams in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: the total number of points in the match (half-time, quarter) will be even (odd).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of American football matches.

An American football match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 50 minutes were played. In all other cases the matches are considered to have failed. Bets on outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” of American football matches that took place or were interrupted with an equal score, are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in American football matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON AUSTRALIAN FOOTBALL

In Australian football matches, the regular time is 80 minutes of net playing time (two halves of 40 minutes each or 4 quarters of 20 minutes each). In the women’s championships the regular time is 60 minutes of net playing time (two halves of 30 minutes each or 4 quarters of 15 minutes each).

Bets on the outcomes of Australian football matches are calculated taking into account post-match extra-time. If the match ends with the draw and no extra-time is played, or if the extra-time is played, based on the requirements of this tournament, and the draw recorded as a result of extra-time, then bets on “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation by odds of “1” (one).

In some Australian football tournaments, the format of the match may change during the game. In such cases, all of bets are calculated by final result, if the organizer makes a special note in the line about the format of the match. If there is no such mark in the Line, all bets are subject to calculation by odds of “1” (one), except bets whose outcomes have already become clearly known and do not depend on the format of the match.

In Australian football, the handicap and total are calculated by points.

When calculating the totals of 6-point goals and 1-point behinds, the number of goals is taken as the basis, not the number of points.

Bets offered on the outcome of an Australian football match:

The first team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win1”.

The second team will win the match (half-time, quarter) – “Win2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1“.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time, quarter) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by teams in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: the total number of points in the match (half-time, quarter) will be even (odd).

Bets on the total number of goals scored by teams in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the total number of behinds made by teams in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the total number of behinds made by each team in the match (half-time, quarter) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: which team will be the first to earn the number of points offered in the Line during the match (half-time, quarter).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of Australian football matches.

An Australian football match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 65 minutes were played. 60-minute matches are considered to have taken place if at least 50 minutes were played. In all other cases the matches are considered to have failed. Bets on outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” of Australian football matches that took place or were interrupted with an equal score, are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in Australian football matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON CURLING

A Curling match consists of 10 ends (periods). Bets on the outcomes of curling matches are calculated taking into account extra end (s). If the match ends with the draw and no extra-end (s) is played, based on the requirements of this tournament or championship, then bets on “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation by odds of “1” (one).

A penalty point (points) awarded to one of the teams is taken into account when calculating bets on the outcome of the match.

Bets offered on the outcome of a curling match:

The first team will win the match (end) – “Win1”.

The second team will win the match (end) – “Win2”.

There will be a draw in the match (end) – “Draw” (“X”).

The first team will win (not lose) the match (end) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (end) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of points in the match (end) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: the total number of points in the match (end) will be even (odd).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of curling matches.

A curling match that was interrupted and did not continue or was not completed within 24 hours is considered to have taken place if at least 5 ends were played completely. In all other cases the matches are considered to have failed. Bets on outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” of curling matches that took place or were interrupted with an equal score, are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in curling matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON DARTS

In a Darts competition players one by one approach the throw line making throws towards the target. In darts the players are considered participating in the competition if they have made at least one throw towards the target. The points are calculated after each player’s checkout, after that the other player takes his turn to make a throw. Depending on the conducting conditions of a darts championship or tournament, the winner is considered the player who has won more legs or the player who has won more sets. The player who won more legs wins the set. The total number of points, that the player has to score by one final approach to win the leg, is called checkout. If darts game ends in a draw and “draw” outcome was not offered in the program (line), the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation with the odds 1 (one).

During one checkout the player can score maximum 180 points if “20” tripling sector is hit three times.

In darts handicap and total bets are calculated in legs (sets).

The bets offered on the outcomes of darts competitions:

Bets: which of the players will take the first place in the tournament (will win the tournament).

The first player will win the competition – “Win 1”.

The completion will end in a draw – “X“.

The second player will win the competition – “Win 2”.

The first player will win by the number of legs (sets) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second player will win by the number of legs (sets) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of legs (sets) in the competition – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets: which of the players will perform the first 180-point throw.

Bets on the total number of performed 180-point throws – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on the number of points for the highest checkout recorded in the competition to be over (under) the offered total value.

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are the basis during calculation of bets made on darts competitions. 

Darts competitions, which have been interrupted for technical or any other reason and have not been continued or finished during 24 hours, are considered not completed. If the darts completions have been interrupted and are considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the competition, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

BETS ON E-BASKETBALL

The bets made on the outcomes of e-basketball videogames are calculated with the extra time (overtime) taken into account. In this case if the videogame ends in a draw and “draw” outcome was not offered, the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are calculated with the odds “1” (one). The videogames are held in 4×5 or 4×4 format (4 quarters: each lasts for 5 or 4 minutes respectively). The videogames with the quarters’ duration of 12 minutes are held in 4×5 format, and those with the quarters ‘duration of 10 minutes are held in 4×4 format. The matches may also be held in 4×12 format (each quarter 12 minutes real playing time), about which will be informed in the program (line) beforehand.

In e-basketball the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the videogames’ real time. For example, if the format of 16 minutes (4×4) is selected, the time board displaying the current minute of the videogame will reach 40 minutes in 16 real minutes (pure time). For example, on the real 12-th minute of the videogame 30-th minute can be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute. 

The bets offered on the outcomes of e-basketball videogames:

The first team will win in the videogame (quarter) – “Win1”.

Draw in the videogame (quarter) – “X”.

The second team will win in the videogame (quarter) – “Win2”.

The first team will not lose the videogame (quarter) – “1X”. 

One of the teams will win the videogame (quarter) – “12”.

The second team will not lose the videogame (quarter) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the videogame (quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the videogame (quarter) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the videogame (quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”. 

Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in the videogame (quarter) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”. 

Bets on total number of points scored by the teams in the videogame (quarter) to be even (odd).

Bets on the extra time (overtime) to be (not to be). 

The official websites of videogames included in the table are the basis for the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of e-basketball videogames. 

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the videogame is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

An e-basketball videogame, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. If the video has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the videogame, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). An e-basketball videogame is considered to be completed if fully played.

The E-Basketball match which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered completed if at least 14 minutes were played in the match with the format (4×4), at least 17 minutes in the match with the format (4×5), and at least 41 minutes in the match with the format (4×12). In the other cases the matches are considered not completed. The outcomes of the matches, that are considered interrupted and not completed, which have been already determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of e-basketball video games offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON E-FOOTBALL

In e-football videogames bets are accepted on regular time if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). Depending on the requirements of a conducted championship videogames are held in 2×7, 2×6 or 2×5 format (two halves: each half lasts for 7, 6 and 5 minutes respectively). 

In e-football the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the videogame’s real time. For example, if the format of 10 minutes (2×5) is selected, the time board displaying the current minute of the videogame, will reach 90 minutes in 10 real minutes. For example, on the real 8-th minute of the videogame 72-th minute can be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute. 

The bets offered on the outcomes of e-football videogames:

The first team will win the videogame (half) – “Win1”. 

Draw in the videogame (half) – “X”.

The second team will win the videogame (half) – “Win2”.

The first team will not lose the videogame (half) – “1X”. 

One of the teams will win the videogame (half) – “12”.

The second team will not lose the videogame (half) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the videogame (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the videogame (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the videogame (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”. 

Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in the videogame (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on the first (the second) team to score (not to score) a goal in the videogame (half). 

Bets on the both teams to score (not to score) a goal in the videogame (half).

Bets on total number of goals scored in the videogame (half) to be even (odd).

Bets on final score of videogame.

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the videogame from the options available in the program (line).

Bets: which team will score the first (the second or the next) goal in the videogame (half).

The official websites of videogames included in the table are the basis for the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of e-football videogames.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the videogame is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

An e-football videogame, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. If the videogame has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the videogame, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). An e-football videogame is considered completed if fully played. 

The E-Football match which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered completed if at least 6 minutes 30 seconds were played in the match with the format (2×4), at least 8 minutes 30 seconds in the match with the format (2×5), at least 10 minutes 30 seconds in the match with the format (2×6), and at least 12 minutes 30 seconds in the match with the format (2×7). In the other cases the matches are considered not completed. The outcomes of the matches, that are considered interrupted and not completed, which have been already determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of e-football video games offered by the organizer in the Line. 

BETS ON E-HOCKEY

The bets on the outcomes of E-Hockey videogames are accepted on regular time. The videogames are held in 3×4 or 3×5 format (3 periods each of which lasts 4 or 5 minutes respectively). In E-Hockey the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the videogame’s real time. For example, if 12 (3×4) minutes are set as duration time for E-Hockey, the time board displaying the current time of the videogame will reach 60 minutes in 12 real minutes (pure time). For example, on the 4th real minute of the videogame the 20 minutes can be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute.

The bets offered on the outcomes of E-Hockey videogames:

The first team will win in the videogame (period) – “Win1”.

Draw in the videogame (period) – “X”.

The second team will win in the videogame (period) – “Win2”.

The first team will not lose the videogame (period) – “1X”.

One of the teams will win the videogame (period) – “12”.

The second team will not lose the videogame (period) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the videogame (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the videogame (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the videogame (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”. 

Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in the videogame (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”. 

Bets on total number of goals scored in the videogame (period) to be even or (odd). 

Bets on final score of videogame.

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the videogame from the options available in the program (line).

Bets on the first (the second) team to score (not to score) a goal in the videogame (period). 

Bets on both teams to score (not to score) a goal in the videogame (period).

Bets: which team will score (none of the teams will score) the first (the second or the next goal) in in the videogame.

The official websites of videogames included in the table are the basis for the calculation made on the outcomes of E-Hockey videogames.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”. 

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the videogame is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

E-Hockey videogame, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered not completed. If the videogame has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets the outcomes of which have already been determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the videogame, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

An E-Hockey videogame is considered completed, if fully played.

The E-Hockey match which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered completed if at least 50 minutes were played according to the displayed playtime. In the other cases the matches are considered not completed. The outcomes of the matches, that are considered interrupted and not completed, which have been already determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are accepted on the other possible outcomes of E-Hockey video games offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON E-TENNIS

In E-Tennis bets are offered for the videogames consisting of 3 (three) sets, which can be held on clay, grass or carpet courts. Handicap and Total for E-Tennis videogames are calculated according to the games. Tie-break played at the end of the set is calculated as one game (e.g. the tie-break, which is played when the score of the set is 6:6, is considered to be the 13-th game of that set and the set ends with the score either 6:7 or 7:6).

The bets offered on the outcomes of E-Tennis videogames:

The first tennis player (pair) will win in the videogame (set/ game) – “Win1”.

The second tennis player (pair) will win in the videogame (set/ game) – “Win2”. 

The first tennis player (pair) will win (not lose) the videogame (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap1”.

The second tennis player (pair) will win (not lose) the videogame (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap2”.

Bets on total number of games in the videogame (set) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”. 

Bets on total number of games in the videogame (set) to be even or (odd). 

Bets on results of the first set and the whole videogame:

Predict the result of both the first set and the whole videogame simultaneously. The following 4 betting options are available: 

“Win1 Win1” – victory of the first tennis player (pair) both in the first set and the whole videogame.

“Win1 Win2” – victory of the first tennis player (pair) in the first set and victory of the second tennis player (pair) in the whole videogame. 

“Win2 Win1” – victory of the second tennis player (pair) in the first set and victory of the first tennis player (pair) in the whole videogame. 

“Win2 Win2” – victory of the second tennis player (pair) both in the first set and the whole videogame.

Bets on final score of videogame (set):

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the videogame (set) from the options available in the program (line).

Bets on tie-break to happen (not to happen). 

Bets: Who will score the next point. 

The official websites of videogames included in the table are the basis for the calculation made on the outcomes of E-Tennis videogames.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the videogame is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

E-Tennis videogame, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered not completed. If the videogame has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets (also the ones made on statistical data), the outcomes of which have already been determined at the time of their interruption and do not depend on the final result of the videogame, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

E-Tennis videogame is considered completed, if fully played.

Bets are accepted on the other possible outcomes of E-Tennis videogames offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON FLOORBALL

The regular time of a floorball match is 60 minutes net playing time (3 periods, each of which lasts 20 minutes). In floorball matches bets are accepted on regular time if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). The results registered in overtime and penalty shootout are not taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the outcomes offered for regular time. 

The bets offered on the outcomes of floorball matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win1”.

Draw in the match (period) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.

The first team will not lose match (period) – “1X”.

One of the teams will win match (period) – “12”.

The second team will not lose match (period) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument.

Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored in match (period) to be even (odd).

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites, included in the table, are taken as basis during calculation of bets made on floorball matches.

The Floorball match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished in 24 hours, is considered to be completed if it was played for not less than 50 minutes. In the other cases, the event is considered to be not completed. If the event has been interrupted and is considered to be not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of its interruption and do not depend on the final result of the event, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1”.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of floorball matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON E-BASEBALL

In e-baseball matches the results registered in overtime inning (innings) are also taken into account during calculation of bets. The matches are held in 2 innings, 7 innings or 9 innings formats according to the requirements of the current tournament. If the match ends in a draw and overtime inning (innings) was not played, then the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets offered on the outcomes of e–baseball matches:

In e-baseball the bets for Total and Handicap are calculated in points.

The first team will win in the match – “Win 1”.

The second team will win in the match – “Win 2”.

The first team will win (not lose) match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of points scored by the teams in match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument.

Bets on total number of points scored by each team individually in match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of e-baseball matches.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

An e-baseball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one). An e-baseball match is considered to be completed if fully played.

Bets are accepted on the other possible outcomes of e-baseball matches offered by the organizer on the Line.

BETS ON E-FLOORBALL

Bets on the outcomes e-floorball matches are accepted for regular time. The matches are held in 3×5 or 3×2 format (3 periods each of which lasts 5 or 2 minutes respectively). The results registered in overtime and penalty shootout are not taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the outcomes offered for regular time. In e-floorball the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the match’s real time. For example, if 15 (3×5) minutes are set as duration time for e-floorball, the time board displaying the current time of the match will reach 60 minutes in 15 real minutes. For example, on the 4th real minute of the match the 16 minutes can be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute.

Bets offered on the outcomes of e–floorball matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win1”.

Draw in the match (period) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.

The first team will not lose match (period) – “1X”.

One of the teams will win match (period) – “12”.

The second team will not lose match (period) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument.

Bets on the total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored in match (period) to be even (odd).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of e-floorball matches.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

An e-floorball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one). An e-floorball match is considered to be completed if fully played.

Bets are accepted on the other possible outcomes of e-floorball matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON E-HANDBALL

In e-handball matches bets are accepted on regular time of the match if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). Depending on the requirements of a conducted championship the matches are held in 2×6 or 2×8 format (two halves: each half lasts 6 or 8 minutes accordingly). In e-handball the current minute of the match displayed on the time board may differ from the real time of the match. For example, if the format of 12 minutes (2×6) is selected, the time board displaying the current minute of the match will reach 60 minutes in 12 real minutes. For example, on the 4-th real minute of the match 20-th minute can be shown on the time board displaying the current minute of the match.

Bets offered on the outcomes of e-handball matches:

The first team will win the match (half) – “Win1”. 

Draw in the match (half) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (half) – “Win2”.

The first team will not lose the match (half) – “1X”. 

One of the teams will win the match (half) – “12”.

The second team will not lose the match (half) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in the match (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored in the match (half) to be even (odd).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are the basis for calculation of bets made on the outcomes of e-handball matches.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

An e-handball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. If the match has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). An e-handball match is considered completed if fully played. 

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of e-handball matches offered by the provider in the Line.

BETS ON E-RUGBY

Bets on e-rugby matches are accepted for regular time, unless something else is specified by the organizer in the Line. The matches are held in 2×10 or 2×5 format (2 half-times each of which lasts 10 or 5 minutes respectively) according to the requirements of the current tournament. In e-rugby the current minute displayed on the time board may differ from the match’s real time. For example, if 20 (2×10) minutes are set as duration time for e-rugby, the time board displaying the current time of the match will reach 80 minutes in 20 real minutes. For example, on the 2nd real minute of the match the 8 minutes can be shown on the time board displaying the current game minute.

Bets offered on the outcomes of a e–rugby matches:

In e-rugby, the handicap and total are calculated by points (with the exception of totals offered for the total number of tries).

The first team will win the match (half-time) – “Win1”.

Draw in the match (half-time) – “Draw” (“X”).

The second team will win the match (half-time) – “Win2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by the teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets: the total number of points in the match (half-time) will be even (odd).

The official websites of the championships (presented in the table) are taken as the basis for calculating the results of e-rugby matches.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

An e-rugby match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one). An e-rugby match is considered to be completed if fully played.

Bets are accepted on the other possible outcomes of e-rugby matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON HANDBALL

The regular time of a handball match is 60 minutes (two halves: each lasts 30 minutes). In handball matches bets are accepted on regular time if it is not specified differently by the provider in the program (line). The results registered in overtime and 7-meter penalty shootout are not taken into account during calculation of the bets made on the outcomes offered for the regular time. Handball matches can be also held in the following formats: regular time of 50 and 40 minutes with the halves lasting 25 and 20 minutes accordingly. During the matches held in these formats, the notice informing about the match format is made by the provider in the program (line).

Bets offered on the outcomes of handball matches:

The first team will win the match (half) – “Win1”. 

Draw in the match (half) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (half) – “Win2”.

The first team will not lose the match (half) – “1X”. 

One of the teams will win the match (half) – “12”.

The second team will not lose the match (half) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (half) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in the match (half) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored in the match (half) to be even (odd).

Bets on the outcomes of the first half and the full match:

It is offered to predict the outcomes of the first half and the full match simultaneously. 9 betting options are available:

“Win1/Win1”- victory of the first team in both the first half and the full match.

“Win1/X”- victory of the first team in the first half and draw in the full match.

“Win1/Win2”- victory of the first team in the first half and victory of the second team in the full match.

“X/Win1”- draw in the first half and victory of the first team in the full match.

“X/X”- draw in both the first half and the full match.

“X/Win2” – draw in the first half and victory of the second team in the full match.

“Win2/Win1”- victory of the second team in the first half and victory of the first team in the full match.

“Win2/X”- victory of the second team in the first half and draw in the full match.

“Win2/Win2”- victory of the second team in both the first half and in the full match.

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as basis during calculation of bets made on the outcomes of handball matches.

The handball match (the duration of 60 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if not less than 50 minutes were fully played and the matches of the duration of 50 and 40 minutes, which have been interrupted and have not been continued or finished during 24 hours are considered completed if no less than 40 minutes (for the match with the duration of 50 minutes) and 32 minutes (for the match with the duration of 40 minutes) were fully played. In all the other cases the match is considered not completed. If the match has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of handball matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON SIMULATED REALITY GAMES

Simulated reality games are based on the artificial intelligence. In simulated reality games the models of participating teams (the players) represent fully real data-based simulation. All personalities, the names of teams’ game fields, competitions, championships, organizers and associations are used in descriptive form and for factual information communication. The bets can be offered for the games of those sport types, the bets on the games’ outcomes of which the organizer offers in the present regulations. Thus, for example, the bets are offered for the simulated reality games of football, basketball, tennis, ice hockey, cricket and for simulated reality games of other sport types.

The bets on the outcomes of simulated reality games offered by the organizer are the same as the bets on the outcomes of the given games’ sport types, which are represented in this regulations.

For example, in simulated reality football games the following bets can be offered:

The first team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 1”.

Draw in the match (half-time) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 2”.

The first team will not lose the match (half-time) – “1Х”.

One of the teams will win the match (half-time) – “12”.

The second team will not lose the match (half-time) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

On the same principle the bets are offered for simulated reality games of other sport types.

The bets made on the outcomes of simulated reality games are calculated based on the calculation principle of the present regulations for the bets made on the outcomes of the given games’ sport types.

The official websites (presented in the table) are taken as basis during calculation of bets made on the outcomes of simulated reality games.

A simulated reality game, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. If the game has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). A simulated reality game is considered completed if fully played. 

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of simulated reality games offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON E-VOLLEYBALL

In e-volleyball matches from 3 to 5 sets are played. The team that wins in 3 of the sets will win the match, and the team that the first reaches 25 points will win the set (in the 5th final set – 15 points) with an advantage of at least 2 points over the opponent. When the score is 24:24 (in the 5th final set – 14:14), the set (the 5th final set) is played until one of the teams reaches a 2-point advantage over the opponent.

Bets offered on the outcomes of e-volleyball matches:

 In e-volleyball the handicap and total are calculated by points, except for “Sets’ Handicap” and “Sets’ Total” outcomes, which are calculated by number.

The first team will win the match (set) – “Win1”.

The second team will win the match (set) – “Win2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets: by the number of sets the first team will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

Bets: by the number of sets the second team will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by teams in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by each team in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: the total number of points in the match (set) will be even (odd).

Bets on the outcomes of “Win with advantage points” in the set.

It is proposed to guess which team will win the set and with an advantage of how many offered points, for example: “Win of team 2 with an advantage of 4-6 points”.

Bets on the final score of the match (set).

It is proposed to choose the exact score registered in the final result of the match (set), according to the possible options included in the Line.

To calculate the results of e-volleyball matches, the official websites of matches, presented in the table, are used as a basis.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

An e-volleyball match, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated by odds of “1” (one). An e-volleyball match is considered to be completed if fully played.

Bets on other possible outcomes in e-volleyball matches are also accepted if they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON E-UFC

E-UFC fights are conducted in the format of 3 to 5 rounds. The fight as well as the first round is considered started after the gong: the sound signal announcing the start of the first round. The fights can continue until the end of all preliminary declared rounds and they can end beforehand, conditioned by the fact of victory method taken place.

The victory methods recorded in e-UFC fights are as follows:

  1. “Victory by points” – when all rounds take place, and the victory is decided by the referees, according to the points’ count.
  2. “Victory by knockout” – when the knockout is recorded in the fight and it ends beforehand.
  3. “Victory by technical knockout” – when the technical knockout is recorded in the fight and it ends beforehand.
  4. “Victory by technical decision” – when the fighter receives such an injury, because of which the medical staff does not allow the fighter to continue the fight or another situation, during which the winner is defined by the referees’ decision.
  5. “Disqualification of a fighter or refusal to the fight” – when the fighter is disqualified for any reason or refuses to continue the fight.

Except for “Victory by points” method, the victories recorded by the other methods are considered a beforehand victory.

In e-UFC fights those rounds are considered completed, which took place until the end: from the sound signal announcing the start of the previous round until the sound signal announcing the start of the next round, or, otherwise, from one gong until the next gong.

If after the start of the next round (after the sound signal) the fighter does not continue the fight for any reason, it is considered that the fight has ended in the previous round.

Bets offered on the outcomes of E-UFC fights:

The first fighter will win the fight (round) – “Win1”

The second fighter will win the fight (round) – “Win2”

Bets on the total number of rounds taken place in the fight – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”

Bets on the fighter’s victory method.

Bets on the beforehand victory to be recorded (not to be recorded) in the fight (round).

The conducted fights’ official websites included in the table are the basis for calculation of bets made on the outcomes of e-UFC fights.

Defects of the game graphics are not the basis for calculating the bets with the odds “1”.

An e-UFC fight, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. If the fight has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the fight, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of e-UFC fights offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON MMA (MIXED MARTIAL ARTS)

MMA fights are generally conducted in the format of 3 to 5 rounds. It is also possible that fights will be conducted in another format. In such cases, the notice informing about the fight format is made by the provider in the program (line). The fight as well as the first round is considered started after the gong: the sound signal announcing the start of the first round. The fights can continue until the end of all preliminary declared rounds and they can end beforehand, conditioned by the fact of victory method taken place.

The victory methods recorded in MMA fights are as follows:

  1. “Victory by points” – when all rounds take place, and the victory is decided by the referees, according to the points’ count.
  2. “Victory by knockout” – when the knockout is recorded in the fight and it ends beforehand.
  3. “Victory by technical knockout” – when the technical knockout is recorded in the fight and it ends beforehand.
  4. “Victory by technical decision” – when the fighter receives such an injury, because of which the medical staff does not allow the fighter to continue the fight or another situation, during which the winner is defined by the referees’ decision.
  5. “Disqualification of a fighter or refusal to the fight”– when the fighter is disqualified for any reason or refuses to continue the fight. If the fighter’s disqualification takes place after the actual end of the fight, this fact is not taken into account during the calculation of bets made on “Win1”, “Draw” and “Win2” outcomes.

Except for “Victory by points” method, the victories recorded by the other methods are considered a beforehand victory.

In MMA fights those rounds are considered completed, which took place until the end: from the sound signal announcing the start of the previous round until the sound signal announcing the start of the next round, or, otherwise, from one gong until the next gong.

If after the start of the next round (after the sound signal) the fighter does not continue the fight for any reason, it is considered that the fight has ended in the previous round.

The preliminary declared number of rounds (the conducting format of the fight) can be changed during the fight. In these cases, the bets made on the number of rounds are calculated with the odds 1 (one) and the bets made on “Win1”, “Draw” and “Win2” outcomes remain valid.

Bets offered on the outcomes of MMA fights:

The first fighter will win the fight (round) – “Win1”

Draw in the fight (round) – “X”

If “Draw” outcome was not offered by the provider in the program (line) and the fight ended in a draw, then the bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes are subject to calculation with the odds 1(one).

The second fighter will win the fight (round) – “Win2”

Bets on the total number of rounds taken place in the fight – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”

Bets on the fighter’s victory method.

Bets on the beforehand victory to be recorded (not to be recorded) in the fight (round).

The conducted fights’ official websites included in the table are the basis for calculation of bets made on the outcomes of MMA fights.

MMA fights, which have been interrupted for technical or any other reason and have not been continued or finished during 24 hours, are considered not completed. If the fight has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the fight, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of MMA fights offered by the provider in the Line.

BETS ON BOXING

Boxing is conducted in up to 12 rounds format. Each round lasts for 3 minutes, in particular cases it can lasts for 2 minutes. Boxing fights can continue until the end of all preliminary declared rounds and they can end beforehand, conditioned by the fact of victory method taken place.

The victory methods recorded in boxing are as follows:

  1. “Victory by points” – when all rounds take place, and the victory is decided by the referees, according to the points’ count.
  2. “Victory by knockout” – when the knockout is recorded in the fight and it ends beforehand.
  3. “Victory by technical knockout” – when the technical knockout is recorded in the fight and it ends beforehand.
  4. “Victory by technical decision” – when the boxer receives such an injury, because of which the medical staff does not allow the boxer to continue the fight or another situation, during which the winner is defined by the referees’ decision.
  5. “Disqualification of a boxer or refusal to the fight”– when the boxer is disqualified for any reason or refuses to continue the fight. If the boxer’s disqualification takes place after the actual end of the fight, this fact is not taken into account during the calculation of bets made on “Win1”, “Draw” and “Win2” outcomes.

Except for “Victory by points” method, the victories recorded by the other methods are considered a beforehand victory.

In boxing those rounds are considered completed, which took place until the end.

If after the start of the next round (after the sound signal) the boxer does not continue the fight for any reason, it is considered that the fight has ended in the previous round.

Bets offered on the outcomes of boxing fights:

The first boxer will win the fight (round) – “Win1”

Draw in the fight (round) – “X”

If “Draw” outcome was not offered by the provider in the program (line) and the fight (round) ended in a draw, then the bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes are subject to calculation with the odds 1(one).

The second boxer will win the fight (round) – “Win2”

Bets on the total number of rounds taken place in the fight – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”

Bets on the boxer’s victory method.

Bets on the beforehand victory to be recorded (not to be recorded) in the fight (round).

The conducted fights’ official websites included in the table are the basis for calculation of bets made on the outcomes of boxing fights.

The boxing fight, which has been interrupted for technical or any other reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. If the fight has been interrupted and is considered not completed, the bets, the outcomes of which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the fight, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of boxing fights offered by the provider in the program (line).

BETS ON KLASK

There are no time limits for the matches of klask. A match consists of 2-3 sets. The player, who has won 2 (two) sets, wins the match, and the player who has scored 6 (six) points, wins the set.

There are 4 (four) ways for the player to score a point in the match:

  1. Ball in the opponent’s goal (when the orange ball occurs in the opponent’s goal).
  2. When two or three white magnetic pieces are on the opponent’s magnetic strikers (two or three white magnetic pieces stick to magnetic strikers due to magnetic energy, if only one magnetic piece sticks, the match continues).
  3. When the opponent loses control of their magnetic strikers and cannot get it back (the magnetic strikers are in a horizontal position on the table and the player is not able to get them back to their initial position).
  4. When the opponent’s magnetic strikers occur in his/her own goal (in this case a point is scored even when the player succeeds to get the magnetic striker out of his/her goal).

Bets offered on the outcomes of Klask matches:

In Klask, the handicap and total are calculated by points.

The first player will win the match (set) – “Win 1”.

The second player will win the match (set) – “Win 2”.

The first player will win (not lose) the match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second player will win (not lose) the match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of points scored by the player in match (set) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of points scored in the match (set) to be even (odd).

Bets on final score of the match (set).

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the match from the options available in the program (line).

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during calculation of bets made on the outcomes of klask matches.

The klask match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one). A klask match is considered completed if fully played. 

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of klask matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON AIR HOCKEY

There are no time limits for the matches of Air Hockey. The match consists of sets. The player, who has first won 4 (four) sets, wins the match, and the player, who has first scored 7 (seven) points, wins the set.

Matches can also be held in another format. In such cases, the notice informing about the match format is made by the organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of air hockey matches:

The first player will win the match (set) – “Win1”.

The second player will win the match (set) – “Win2”.

The first player will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

The second player will win (not lose) the match (set) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by the players in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by each player in the match (set) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: the total number of points in the match (set) will be even (odd).

Bets on the final score of the match (set).

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the match (set) from the options available in the Line.

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of air hockey matches.

The air hockey match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of air hockey matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON BEACH SOCCER

The regular time for a beach soccer match is 36 minutes (3 periods – the duration of each is 12 minutes). The bets offered for the outcomes of beach soccer matches are accepted on regular time of the match, if it is not specified differently by the organizer in the Line. The results registered in overtime and 9-meters penalty shootout are not taken into account during the calculation of the bets made on the outcomes of regular time. In case of conducting a beach soccer match of another format, the notice informing about the match format is made by the organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of beach soccer matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win 1”.

Draw in the match (period) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.

The first team will not lose the match (period) – “1X”.

One of the teams will win the match (period) – “12”.

The second team will not lose the match (period) – “2X”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored in the match (period) to be even (odd).

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of beach soccer matches.

The beach soccer match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished in 24 hours, is considered completed if at least 30 minutes have been played. In other cases, the matches are considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of beach soccer matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON WATERPOLO

The regular time for water polo matches is 32 minutes of net playing time (4 periods – the duration of each is 8 minutes). In water polo matches the bets are accepted on regular time if it is not specified differently by the organizer in the Line. The results registered in overtime and penalty shootout are not taken into account during the calculation of the bets made on the outcomes of regular time. Water polo matches can also be held in periods the duration of which is 5, 6, 7 or 8 minutes. In case of matches of these formats, the notice informing about the match format is made by the organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of water polo matches:

The first team will win the match (period) – “Win 1”.

Draw in the match (period) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (period) – “Win 2”.

The first team will not lose the match (period) – “1X”.

One of the teams will win the match (period) – “12”.

The second team will not lose the match (period) – “2X”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (period) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (period) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of goals scored in the match (period) to be even (odd).

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of water polo matches.

The water polo match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of water polo matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON SQUASH

Squash matches are held in the formats: until 3 games and until 5 games. In the games held in the format until 3 games the winner is the player who won two sets and in the games held in the format until 5 games the winner is the player who won three sets. The player who will be the first to score 11 points wins the game. If the score 10:10 is registered in the game, the game is played until one of the players obtains the advantage of two points over the opponent. Squash matches can be also held in another format. In such cases, the notice informing about the match format is made by the organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of squash matches:

In a squash match, total and handicap are calculated by points, except for the bets on total and handicap offered for the number of games.

The first player will win the match (game) – “Win1”.

The second player will win the match (game) – “Win2”.

The first player will win (not lose) the match (game) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

The second player will win (not lose) the match (game) taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

By the number of games the first player will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

By the number of games the second player will win (not lose) the match taking into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by the players in the match (game) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the total number of points scored individually by each player in the match – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the final score of the match (game).

Bets: the first (second) player will be the first to score the given number of points (3 points, 9 points) in the game.

Bets on the total number of points scored in the match (game) to be even (odd).

Tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis for the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of squash matches.

The squash match, which has been interrupted for any reason and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have been already determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of squash matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON FUTSAL

The regular time for a futsal match is 40 minutes (two halves: each lasts for 20 minutes). In futsal matches the bets are accepted on the regular time of the match if it is not specified differently by the organizer in the Line. The results registered in overtime and 6-meters penalty shootout are not taken into account during the calculation of the bets made on the outcomes offered for regular time. Futsal matches can be also held in the following format: the regular time of 50 minutes with the halves lasting for 25 minutes each (for example, the matches of the Russian Futsal Super League and Western Conference Premier League). For the matches held in this format, the notice informing about the match format is made by the organizer in the Line.

Bets offered on the outcomes of futsal matches:

The first team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 1”.

Draw in the match (half-time) – “X”.

The second team will win the match (half-time) – “Win 2”.

The first team will not lose the match (half-time) – “1Х”.

One of the teams will win the match (half-time) – “12”.

The second team will not lose the match (half-time) – “X2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match (half-time) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by the teams in the match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of total”.

Bets on total number of goals scored by each team individually in match (half-time) – “Total over (under) the value of total”.

Bets on the total number of goals scored in match (half-time) to be even (odd).

Bets on the highest scoring half (in which half more goals will be scored).

Three betting options are available:

  1. The first half will be more productive – “1 > 2” (the number of goals scored in the first half will be higher than in the second half).
  2. Productivity of the halves will be equal – “1 = 2” (the equal number of goals will be scored in both halves).
  3. The second half will be more productive – “1 < 2” (the number of goals scored in the second half will be higher than in the first half).

Tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis for the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of futsal matches.

The futsal match (the duration of 40 minutes), which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if at least 32 minutes were played. The match of the duration of 50 minutes, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours is considered completed if no at least 40 minutes were played. In the other cases the match is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of futsal matches offered by the organizer in the Line.

BETS ON BOWLS

In most bowls matches 2 sets are played. The set consists of ends. The number of ends may vary according to the format of the championship or tournament. The player (team), who has won 2 or 1.5 sets, wins the match. The player (team), who has made the most advantageous ball rolls (scored the most points) during the end, wins the set. Matches consisting of a different number of sets can also be conducted. In such cases, the specifying notice concerning the match format is made by the Organizer in the program (line). Depending on the requirements of the championship or the tournament the player or the team who first makes the specified number of advantageous ball rolls may become the winner. In case of registering draw in the match, tie-break – an additional set may be played, the winner of which becomes the match-winner. When calculating the bets made on the outcomes of the match, the results registered in tie-break are also taken into account.

Bets offered on the outcomes of bowls matches:

The first player (team) will win the match (set) – “Win 1”.

The second player (team) will win the match (set) – “Win 2”.

Draw in set – “X”.

The first player (team) will win (not lose) the match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second player (team) will win (not lose) the match (set) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of points scored by players (teams) in the match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

The first (second) player (team) will win (not lose) match by the number of sets with the handicap taken into account.

Bets on the total number of sets played in the match – “Total over (under) of the value of bet argument”.

Bets on the total number of points scored individually by the teams (players) in match – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets: the total number of points scored in match (set) will be even (odd).

Bets: which player (team) will first score the specified number of points in match (set).

Bets on the final score of match:

It is offered to select the precise score registered at the end of the match from the options available in the program (line).

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of bowls matches.

In the already started bowls matches if one of the players (teams) is awarded victory ahead of time (before the end of all scheduled sets or any other reason) and this fact is registered on the official website of the championship or tournament, then all the bets made on the outcomes which are definitely determined at the moment of the actual stoppage of the match, as well as on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation. All the other bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

The bowls match, which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished in 24 hours, is considered not completed. The outcomes of interrupted and not completed matches, which have already been determined at the time of the interruption and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and all the other bets are calculated with the odds “1” (one).

 Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of bowls matches offered by the Оrganizer in the Line.

BETS ON CRIKET

Cricket is played by two teams, with 11 players each. The match takes place on an oval cricket pitch, with a rectangular pitch in the middle. There are wickets placed at the ends of the field.

A cricket match consists of periods (innings). During each inning, one of the teams bats at the ball trying to hit the wickets and score runs, while the other team tries to stop the attacking team from scoring. Team roles for the first inning are decided before the match begins. Teams switch roles after each inning.

The attacking team has 11 bowlers and the batting team has 2 batsmen in the field. Batters change after every change. An over consists of 6 hits. The main objective in cricket is to score as many points against the opponent as possible.

The cricket match can last from several hours to 5 days, depending on its type. There are three types of professional cricket: Test cricket (lasts up to 5 days, each team has two innings), One-Day International (ODI) (lasts one day and has a limited number of overs), and Twenty 20 Cricket (each team plays 20 overs). overs).

In addition, you can find the descriptions of the most common terms and situations in cricket:

Toss is tossing a coin to determine which captain will have the right to choose whether his team will bat or field at the start of the game.

The wickets are sets of three stumps and two crossbars in each, which are located at two ends of the field. The attacking team is trying to seize the opponent's wicket, while the batting team is trying to defend their wicket.

Run is the distance between two ends of the court. It is also a unit of points that the team receives for successfully getting from one side of the cord to the other.

Over is a series of 6 ball deliveries made by the bowling team.

Tie: The result of the tie can be recorded in case both teams score the same number of runs. For that, both teams must finish their innings. This case is very rare for test cricket. In case the matches with the limited number of innings end in a tie, the teams play Super Over. If Super Over also ends in a tie, the team with the most six runs wins.

Super Over is a tie-breaking method used in cricket matches with a limited number of overs, where both teams play an additional over (six balls) to determine the winner of the match.

Tie: The result of the tie can be recorded in Test Cricket if one of the teams fails to finish the innings in a given time.

No Result: The result can be recorded in matches with a limited number of innings, in case the match is interrupted due to bad weather conditions.

Six or Six Runs refers to the situation where the ball, hit by the batsman, goes over the boundary in the air without touching the ground.

Four or four runs are scored if the ball, hit by the batter, bounces or rolls on the ground, before touching or passing the edge of the field.

The Toss is tossing a coin to determine which captain will have the right to choose whether his team will bat or field at the start of the game.

Dismissal refers to the situation where the opposing team ends the batter's batting period. Also known as the batsman being out, the batting side losing a wicket and the fielding side taking a wicket. These are the common ways of dismissal: Bowled, Catched, Leg Before Wicket (LBW), Run Out, Stumped, etc.

Run Out refers to the situation where the batsman fails to finish the run before the opposing team takes the wicket.

Duck refers to the situation where the batsman leaves the field without scoring any runs.

Extras are runs scored by a batting team that are not credited to any particular player. There are five types of perks: Wide, Bye, Leg Bye, No-ball, and Penalty Run.

Wide (wide ball) refers to the situation in which the batter fails to hit the ball because a pitch thrown by a pitcher is not within his reach.

Bye refers to the situation in which the ball passes the batter without touching his bat or body.

Leg Bye refers to the situation where the batter fails to hit the ball with the bat, but the ball hits the batter's body or protective gear.

No-ball refers to the situation in which the pitcher throws the ball in violation of the rules (the pitcher goes over the crease, hits the crease with his back foot, throws underarm, ball hits the ground more than once before reaching the crease, etc.). )

Penalty Run is awarded for unfair play or player conduct.

The DLS method (Duckworth-Lewis-Stern) is a mathematical system for calculating possible final scores and reaching results in matches with a limited number of overs, which were interrupted due to the rain.

The DLS sets goals (and decides outcomes) by calculating how many runs teams should score (and would have scored) if the resources available to both sides were equal.

To calculate a goal, the formula can be simply expressed by the formulas:

If Team 2's resources are less than Team 1's, then we reduce the target for Team 2 using the equation:

Even Team 2 Score = Team 1 Score x (Team 2 Resources/Team 1 Resources).

If Team 2 has more resources than Team 1, then we increase the execution target using the following formula:

Team 2 even score = team 1 score + G50 * (team 2 resources – team 1 resources)/100, where:

* G50: expected average score of the team batting first.

Given the additional resources, the formula asks what additional score we might expect. The value of G50 will depend on the level of competition. In this case, the DLS calculator defaults to 245 runs, which applies to county and international cricket. Based on previous results, this value can be updated.

If the resources of both computers are the same, then no adjustment to the execution target is required for Computer 2.

The following bets are offered for cricket events:

Result

Result: offered to predict which team will be the winner of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Win 1: Team 1 win
  • Win 2: Team 2 win
  • X: the match ends in a draw

Double chance

Double Chance: is offered to predict two possible match results simultaneously, and if one of the results is correctly predicted, the bet will be settled as won. The following betting options are available:

  • 1X: the match ends with the victory of team 1 or a tie.
  • 12: the match ends with the victory of team 1 or team 2.
  • X2: the match ends with the victory of team 2 or a tie.

tie without bet

Draw No Bet: Offered to predict one of the team's wins; however, if the match ends in a draw, the stake will be refunded. The following betting options are available:

  • Team 1: the match ends with the victory of team 1. In case of a tie, the bet will be refunded.
  • Team 2: the match ends with the victory of team 2. In case of a tie, the bet will be refunded.

Total

Total: is offered to predict whether the total number of points scored in the match will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

To win the draw

To Win The Toss: offers to predict which of the team captains will win the toss.

Super finished

Super Over: Offered to predict if Super Over will register during the match.

Team 1/Team 2 Total runs, plus

Team 1/Team 2 Total Runs, Plus: Offers to predict if the number of runs in the mentioned plus will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

The example:

Let's review the following bet: Team 1 Total Runs, Plus (5): Under 10.5. Bet will win if Team 1 scores up to 10 runs during the 5th over.

Team 1/Team 2 Total Races Odd/Even, Over

Team 1/Team 2 Total Odd/Even Runs, Over: offers to predict whether the number of runs in the mentioned over will be an odd or even number.

The example:

Let's review the following bet: Team 1's total runs, plus (4): even. The bet will win if Team 1 scores an even number of runs during the 4-th over.

Team 1/Team 2 Wicket, Over

Team 1/Team 2 Wicket, Over: is offered to predict if the number of times the team has hit the wickets is over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

Entry X: Team 1/Team 2 Ejection Method - 2 Way (Caught/Not Caught)

Inning X: Team 1/Team 2 Dismissal Method – 2 Modes (Caught/Not Caught): offers to predict how the batter will be ejected from the mentioned inning. The following betting options are available:

  • Caught
  • Not caught

Example 1:

Let's review the following bet: 1st inning Team 2 dismissal method: 2-way (not caught). Bet will win if the 2nd team batsman is sent off in the 1st inning in any way other than Catch.

Example 2:

Let's review the following bet: 2nd inning Team dismissal method 1 – 2 way (trapped). The bet will win if the 1st team batsman is sent off in the second innings in the Catch way.

Team 1/Team 2 Total Sixes, Plus

Team 1/Team 2 Total Sixes, Over: is offered to predict if the number of hits of six points made by the team is over or under the selected value of the bet argument .

Highest score of the first 6 overs: Team 1/Team 2

High Score in First 6 Overs: Team 1/Team 2: Offered to predict which team will accumulate the most points during the first 6 overs.

Most exhaustions

Most Run Outs: offered to predict which of the teams will get the most run outs.

Most matches of four

Most Match Fours: is offered to predict which of the teams will get more fours.

Most sixes in the match

Most Match Sixes: is offered to predict which of the teams will get more “sixes”.

Total match of four

Total Match Fours: is offered to predict if the total number of Fours, scored by the teams, will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

Total match of six

Total Match Sixes: is offered to predict if the total number of Sixes scored by the teams will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

Total outputs

Total Run Outs: is offered to predict whether the total number of run outs, recorded during the match, will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

total ducks

Total Ducks: is offered to predict whether the total number of ducks, recorded during the match, will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

Total windows

Total Wickets: is offered to predict if the total number of wickets won by the teams will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

Total Widths

Total Widths: Offered to predict whether the total number of widths recorded during the match will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

Total Byes

Total Byes: is offered to predict if the total number of Byes, registered during the match, will be higher or lower than the selected value of the bet argument.

Full leg rests

Total Leg Byes: is offered to predict if the total number of Leg Byes, recorded during the match, will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

Total without balls

Total No Balls: is offered to predict whether the total number of balls recorded during the match will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

Total Extras

Total Extras: is offered to predict if the total number of Wides, Byes, Leg Byes, No-balls and Penalties will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

To qualify for the final

To Qualify for the Final: it is offered to predict if the team on which the bet is placed will qualify for the final phase of the tournament.

To qualify for the ½ Final

To Qualify to the ½ Final: it is offered to predict if the team on which the bet is placed will qualify for the semi-final stage of the tournament.

Cricket matches consist of one or two innings (rounds) which are limited by time or number of overs. The matches consisting of one innings are limited by the number of overs. In these matches mostly 20 or 50 overs are played. Matches with a different number of overs can also be held. In such cases, the Оrganizer makes a special note in the line about the format of the match. Matches consisting of 2 innings are the highest standard (test cricket),which are limited by time and can last up to 5 days. In these matches, the team, which bats, conducts two innings.

In the final result of the match wins the team, which scores more runs. In case of equal scores, the match ends with the result “draw”. If “Draw” outcome has not been offered by the Organizer in the program (line), then the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

There may be matches when the beforehand determined number of overs is reduced because of the weather conditions. In such cases, all the bets are calculated according to the final result with D/L method.

In case registering draw in play-off series of the matches with limited overs, “Super Over” – an additional over is played to determine the winner. The results registered in this additional over are not taken into account when calculating the bets made on the other outcomes of the match.

In cricket matches the innings is considered completed and subject to a calculation in the following cases:

  1. When all the batsmen are dismissed from the field.
  2. When the captain declares (when the captain of the team believes that the team has scored sufficient runs for the victory) and refuses to perform the innings (innings may be refused before the start of the innings).
  3. When time is expired.
  4. When the number of overs has been bowled.

Bets offered on the outcomes of cricket matches:

The first team will win the match – “Win 1”.

The second team will win the match – “Win 2”.

The first team will win (not lose) the match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) the match with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of runs scored by the teams in match (over) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of runs scored by each team individually in match (over) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets: the total number of runs scored in match (over) will be even (odd).

Bets: the total number of runs scored by the first (second) team in match (over) to be even (odd).

Bets on wicket to happen (not to happen) in the specified over.

Bets: the first (second) team will register (not register) wicket in the specified over.

Bets on the 1st wicket method:

The following options are offered:

  1. Bowled – if the ball delivered by the batsman hits and puts down the wicket. But before putting down the wicket the ball should not touch anyone of the referees or the players except the ones who are in the role of batsmen.
  2. Caught – when the batsman hits the ball and it is caught by the fielder before it hits the ground. Before catching the ball, it should not touch anything outside the boundaries of the field and the player who catches the ball must be completely in the field – i.e. not even a part of his/her body may be outside the field.
  3. LBW (leg before wicket) – when the thrown ball will have hit the wicket if it hasn’t touched any part of the batsman’s body (except the hand holding the bat).
  4. Run out – when the fielders put down the wicket while the batsman is out of his/her zone.
  5. Stumped – when the wicket keeper puts the wicket down while the batsman is out of his/her zone and doesn’t attempt to make a run.
  6. “Other method”:

Bets: which of the teams will gain the most match sixes (6s) or fours (4s).

Bets on the number of registered sixes by the first (second) team) – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets on total number of runs scored by the first (second) team in specified overs – “Total over (under) the value of bet argument”.

Bets: to win the toss (according to the toss the captain of which team will decide whether to bat or bowl first).

Bets: which of the teams will win in the result of the first 6 (or any other specified number) overs.

If “Draw” outcome has not been offered in the program (line) by the Organizer, but draw is registered as a result of 6 overs, then the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets: any team to score (not to score) 50 and more (100 and more) runs:

The tournaments’ and championships’ official websites included in the table are taken as a basis during the calculation of bets made on the outcomes of cricket matches.

All the bets made on the outcomes of cricket matches that have been interrupted because of the weather or any other reason are subject to calculation taking into account the information provided by the official websites of the current tournament or championship. If there is no official information concerning the interrupted match during 24 hours, then all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one), except for the bets, the outcomes of which have already been determined and do not depend on the final result of the match.

The default victory (loss) registered by any cause is not the basis for bet calculation. In this case, the match is considered not completed and all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on other possible outcomes of cricket matches offered by the Organizer in the Line.

BETS ON CYBERSPORTS

In Cybersport online games two teams compete, and depending on the format of the game each team consists mainly of 1 (one), 2 (two), 3 (three) or 5 (five) players.

The following types of online games are included in Cyber Sports: Counter Strike: Global Offensive, Counter Strike 1.6, Dota 2, Overwatch, Rainbow 6, Starcraft: Brood War, Starcraft 2, Valorant, Warcraft 3, Fortnite, Hearthstone, League of Legends, Rocket League, Arena of Valor, King of Glory, Quake, Call of Duty, Heroes of the Storm, Mortal Combat, Smite.

Bets on the outcomes of the above-mentioned types of the games are calculated taking into account extra round/overtime, unless otherwise is specified by the Organizer in the Line or provided in accordance with the official conduct of the online games. 

In Cybersport online games if draw is registered and “Draw” outcome is not offered by the Organizer in the Line, the bets made on the outcomes “Win1” and “Win2” are calculated by odds of “1” (one).

Cybersport online games can consist of both one and several rounds/ maps. Their number is determined by the official procedure of conducting online game and the current stage of the ongoing tournament (championship). The matches are mainly held in the following formats: the best of 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11. The winner of the game or tournament (championship) is the team that wins the most rounds/ maps than the opponent. To win in the format the best of 1 – 1 win is necessary, in the format the best of 2 and the best of 3 – 2 wins (in the format the best of 2 “draw” can also be registered), in the format the best of 5 – 3 wins, in the format the best of 7 – 4 wins, in the format the best of 9 – 5 wins, in the format the best of 11 – 6 wins. 

The format of conducting the game can also be changed during Cybersport online games. In such cases, the notice informing about the possible change of the game format is made by the organizer in the Line (the number of upcoming maps, rounds, etc. can be changed). In this case, all bets are subject to calculation according to the final result.

In Cybersport online games, if one of the teams (players) reaches the play-off with an advantage of 1 (one) point over the opponent, then in the final the game starts with an advantage of 1 (one) map for the team that has previously acquired an advantage of 1 (one) point over the opponent. In this case, the first map of the final round is considered to be the first played map in the final.

In case of an official renaming of any of the teams in Cybersport for any reason, all bets remain valid. 

In Cybersport online game, when calculating the offered outcomes for time (minute) the seconds are rounded to the minutes. E.g. if a bet was made that the 1st map would last less than 32 minutes, and in the 1st map the game ended at 32 minutes 12 seconds after the start, then it is considered that the game lasted 33 minutes in the 1st map, therefore, the bet is lost.

The bets offered on the outcomes of Cybersport online games:

The first team (player) will win the game (map, round) – “Win1”.

The second team (player) will win the game (map, round)– “Win2”.

The first team will win (not lose) with the number of the maps (rounds) taken into account the handicap – “Handicap 1”.

The second team will win (not lose) with the number of the maps (rounds) taken into account the handicap – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on total number of maps (rounds) in the game – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets on the number of maps in the game:

It is offered to select the precise score registered as a result of the victories in maps from the options available in the Line.

Bets: which team (player) will first kill (first blood) in the game (map, round).

Bets: which team (player) will kill the most in the game (map, round).

Bets: which team (player) will kill the most in the game (map, round) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 1”.

Bets on which team (player) will kill most in the game (map, round) with the handicap taken into account – “Handicap 2”.

Bets on the total number of kills made in the game (map, round) “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: which team (player) in the match (map, round) will be the first to commit the given number of kills.

Bets: the number of kills in the game (map, round) will be even (odd).

Bets on the number of heroes (“Barons”,” Dragons”,” Roshan”, etc.) killed by the teams (players) in the game (map, round) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: which team (player) will kill the first Baron (Dragon, Roshan, Tiran, etc.) in the game (map, round).

Bets on the number of “Towers” (“Barracks “,” Inhibitors”) broken by the teams (players) in the game (map, round) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: which team (player) will break the first “Tower” (Barrack, “Inhibitor”) in the game (map, round).

Bets on the total number of minutes played in the game (map, round) – “Total over (under) of the total value”.

Bets: whether overtime will be (will not be) in the game (map, round). 

The official websites of the championships and tournaments presented in the table are taken as the basis for calculating the results of Cybersport online games. In the absence of the necessary information on the official website, the video recordings of the games are taken as the basis for calculating bets on the outcomes of the game.

If one of the teams (players) does not continue the game for any reason (the player or team is late for the scheduled time of the event, refuses to continue the game for any reason, technical issue, etc.), then all the bets the outcomes of which are clearly known due to the format of the game, are considered completed and subject to calculation. And all the other bets are calculated by the odds of “1” (one), except the cases when one of the teams gives up according to the rules of the game.

In Cybersport, if a game is stopped for later resumption, the results of the stopped game are not taken into account when calculating bets on the outcomes of the game, even if they are clearly known. The results of the resumed game are basis for calculation for the bets made on the outcomes of the stopped games 

The game which has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished during 24 hours, or there is no official information about the further course of the game, then all the bets are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one).

Bets are also accepted on the other possible outcomes of Cybersport online game offered by the Organizer in the Line.

BETS ON WRESTLING

In wrestling, bets are accepted on the following two types: Greco-Roman and Freestyle wrestling.

Wrestling match is held in a format of 2 (two) periods, each period lasts 3 (three) minutes respectively, depending on the terms of a conducted championship the period may also last 2 (two) minutes. In such cases, the organizer makes a special mark in the Line about the format of the match.

A wrestling match may last up to the end of the declared periods or end earlier due to the fact of the method of victory in the match (premature victory). In such cases the match is considered as completed and the bets offered for the match are subject to calculation based on the final result, except for the cases when the match ends prematurely during the first period, the bets for the results of the second period are calculated with odds of “1” (one).

A premature victory is fixed in a wrestling match if:

  1. the wrestler pushes and holds the opponent’s shoulders on the ring mat for the settled time (according to the tournament’s requirements);
  2. the opponent wins due to the disqualification of the wrestler during the match;
  3. the wrestler is unable to continue the match for any reason, and technical victory/loss is fixed by the referee;
  4. In case of freestyle wrestling, when one of the wrestlers receives 10 (ten)-point advantage over the opponent, and in case of Greco-Roman style wrestling, when one of the wrestlers receives 8 (eight)-point advantage over the opponent․

In case of premature victory, the match is considered as completed, and the bets are calculated as mentioned above.

In wrestling, except for the “Victory by points” method, (when 2 (two) periods are fully completed), the victories by all other methods are considered a premature victory.

The wrestling match is considered started after the referee’s signal.

If the match doesn’t take place in case of disqualification or an injury received by the wrestler before the beginning of the match, all of the bets for the match result are calculated with odds of «1» (one)․ The bets for the match winning result remain valid. After the participants of the final tour are known, the bets made for the result “the winner of the match and/or the tournament” are subject to calculation with odds of «1» (one) if the final fight doesn’t take place and the winner of the tournament or the match is determined without the match being held. The bets for the outcome “winner of the tournament” remain valid until the participants of the final tour are known.

In wrestling the period is considered completed if it was held up to the end.

Only the periods that have been fully completed are taken into account when calculating the bets on the number of periods. The bets made for the result of the period (in which the premature victory was registered) are subject to calculation, and the bets for the results of the periods that have not taken place are calculated with odds of «1» (one)․ The wrestler who has won the fight prematurely is also considered a winner of the period regardless of the points gap at that moment․

If after the start of the next period the wrestler refuses to continue the match for any reason, it is considered that the match has ended in the previous period.

Bets offered on the outcomes of wrestling matches:

– The first wrestler will win the match (period) – “Win1”;

– Draw in the period – “Draw” (X).

If “Draw” outcome was not offered by the organizer in the Line and the period ended in a draw, then the bets made on “Win1” and “Win2” outcomes of period are subject to calculation with the odds “1” (one);

– The second wrestler will win the match (period) – “Win2”;

– Bets on the total number of periods in the match – “Total over (under) of the total value”;

– Bets on the method of victory fixed in the match;

– Bets: a premature victory will be (will not be) in the match.

To calculate the results of wrestling matches, the official sites of matches, shown in the table, are used as a basis.

A wrestling match, which has been interrupted for any reason and has not been continued or finished within 24 hours, is considered failed. The outcomes of interrupted and failed matches, which are already clearly known at the time of the match stoppage and do not depend on the final result of the match, are subject to calculation, and the remaining bets are calculated with odds of “1” (one).

Bets on other possible outcomes in wrestling matches are also accepted and they will be offered by the organizer in the Line.

Biathlon

Biathlon is one of the most challenging winter sports that combines cross-country skiing and rifle shooting. Each time the target is missed, the biathlete receives an additional time or distance penalty.

Competition Formats

The main biathlon competition formats are individual, sprint, pursuit, relay and mass start.

Inpidual

In the Individual biathlon modality, men overcome a distance of 20 km, and women 15 km. There are four stages of shooting. For each missed target, the player receives a one-minute penalty. The winner is the player who completes the race in the shortest time possible (including failures).

Sprint

The sprint is 10 km for men and 7.5 km for women. There are two stages of shooting. For each missed shot, a 150m penalty loop must be skied. The winner is the player who completes the race in the shortest time possible.

Search

The chase starts based on the results of the sprint. In Pursuit format the race distance biathletes must ski is 12.5 km for men and 10 km for women. There are four stages of shooting. Each missed shot means a 150m penalty loop. The winner is the player who finishes first.

Relay

The relay teams are made up of four biathletes. Biathlon tournaments can be held in a mixed relay format where 2 men and 2 women participate on each team. Each male participant skis 7.5 km and female – 6 km. There are two stages of shooting for each biathlete. There are 3 additional shots for each stage that are provided in case the biathletes have missed the target(s). If after eight shots there are missed targets, a 150m penalty loop must be executed for each missed one. The winner is the team that finishes the race first.

Mass Start

En Masa the first 30 or 60 biathletes participate. The distance of the race is 15 km for men and 12.5 km for women. There are four stages of shooting. Biathletes must ski a 150m penalty loop for each missed shot. The winner is the player who finishes first.

Types of bet

In Biathlon the following results are offered:

Winner: offered to predict that a certain player/team will be the winner of the race.

The following betting options are available:

  • X Player/Team: Yes
  • X Player/Team: No

1-3 places: offered to predict that a certain player/team will be in the top three.

The following betting options are available:

  • X Player/Team: Yes
  • X Player/Team: No

1-6 places: offered to predict that a certain player/team will be in the top six.

The following betting options are available:

  • X Player/Team: Yes
  • X Player/Team: No

1-10 places: offered to predict that a certain player/team will be in the top ten.

The following betting options are available:

  • X Player/Team: Yes
  • X Player/Team: No

Head to Head: Offered to predict the player/team that will rank higher than the opponent.

The following betting options are available:

  • Player/Team 1
  • Player/Team 2

Leader after first shooting stage: offers to predict that a certain player/team will be the leader after the first shooting stage.

The following bet option is available:

  • X Player/Team: Yes
  • X Player/Team: No

1st (2nd, 3rd, 4th) Total Missed Shot Stage: Offered to predict the total number of missed shots by a given player after the 1st (2nd, 3rd, 4th) stage of shooting.

The following betting options are available:

  • Player X: Done
  • Player X: Less

1st (2nd, 3rd, 4th) Shot Stage Total Hits: Offered to predict the total number of successful shots for a given player after the 1st (2nd, 3rd, 4th) shooting stage.

The following betting options are available:

  • Player X: Done
  • Player X: Less

1st (2nd, 3rd) exchange: offered to predict the teamwhich will perform the first (second, third) change first.

The following betting options are available:

  • Team X: Yes
  • Team X: No

1st (2nd, 3rd) head-to-head exchange: offered to predict one of the two teams that will make the first (second, third) exchange first.

  • team 1
  • team 2

Simulated Reality Tennis

The simulated reality tennis offered by the provider LSports represents the simulation of real tennis matches. Match simulation is based on data from actual tennis matches ever played.

The number of simulated reality tennis matches offered monthly can range from 9,000 to 15,000 events.

The logic of simulated reality tennis

For example, bets are offered on the simulated reality tennis match Marlos Xoya – Xei Aishikori:

The names of the match participants are fictitious, however, the match scenario is based on the actual tennis match that took place. The actual match information (names of the participants, dates and times) will be revealed to the players after the completion of the match, allowing them to further confirm the results. For example, after the match is completed, it will be revealed that the match was an identical simulation of the original Novak Djokovic - Rafael Nadal match, which was played on 12.01.2020, 13:50 (UTC). Therefore, players have the opportunity to find the records of the original match and verify the results.

The original details of the match can be seen in the Results section of the website when the game ends:

The format of simulated reality tennis matches

In simulated reality tennis matches a set is played. The duration of the set varies. There are 4 formats, however the main format is Match of 1 set (a complete set):

The following markets are offered for Simulated Reality Tennis:

  • Winner of the match
  • Winner of the game
  • Over/Under ( Games)
  • Point Winner
  • To Break Serve
  • Games handicap

In the LIVE section, Simulated Reality Tennis is found in the Tennis menu in the list of sports types:

Players can follow the progress of the match in the live information widget:

Table football (soccer)

There is no time limit for the duration of table football matches (games). The match consists of 1 (one), 3 (three) or 5 (five) games. For the match, which consists of 1 (one) game, the winner is the player (couple) who has won the game. For the match, consisting of 3 (three) games, the winner is the player (even), who has won 2 (two) games, and for the match, consisting of 5 (five) games, the (even), who has won 3 (three) games. The player (couple) who scores 5 (five) or 7 (seven) goals according to the conditions of the championship or tournament, wins the game.

Tournaments can also be held in other formats. In this case, the organizer will leave a special notice in the program with the details of the tournament format.

In case of winning with 5 goals, if the score is 4:4 in the deciding game, then the deciding game of the tournament can be held until one of the players (pairs) scores with the advantage of 2 points , but the maximum score must not exceed 8. So, if the score is 4:4 in the deciding game, then the game continues and can end with the score 4:6, 6:4, 5:7, 7:5 , 6:8 or 8:6. If the game gets a score of 7:7, then it ends with a score of 8:7 or 7:8.

In case of winning with 7 goals, if the score is 6:6, then the game continues until one of the players (pairs) scores with the advantage of 2 points, but the maximum score must not exceed 8. So if the game score is 6:6, then the game continues and can end with the score 6:8 or 8:6.

After a score of 7:7, the game can end with a score of 8:7 or 7:8.

The main markets offered for the results of Table Soccer matches:

Result

Result: offered to predict which player (pair) will be the winner of the match (game).

Win 1: player (team) 1 win

Win 2: player (team) 2 win

Hnadicap

Handicap: is the advantage or disadvantage attributed to the score of the player (partner). The player (pair) on which the bet is placed, must become the winner of the match (game) after the handicap adjustments are made.

Positive Handicap: In this type of handicap, the player (pair), on whom the bet is placed, must become the winner of the match after the goal advantage, the number of which is defined as the handicap argument, it is added to that of the team. final score.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 1 (2). The bet is placed on player 1 (pair 1) and the “2” is the handicap argument. For this bet to be settled as a win, player 1 must be the winner after adding the 2 goal advantage to their final score. Let's review two possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 0:1. When we add the 2 goal advantage to the final score of player 1 (pair 1), the score becomes 2:1. In this case, the bet is won, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, player 1 (pair 1) is the winner of the match.

The match ended with the score 1:4. When we add the 2-goal advantage to the final score of player 1 (pair 1), the score becomes 3:4. In this case, the bet is lost, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, player 1 (pair 1) is not the winner of the match.

Negative Handicap: In this type of handicap, the team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after subtracting from the team's final score the number of goals defined by the handicap value argument.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 2 (-3). The bet is placed on player 2 (even 2), and "-3" is the handicap argument. To win the bet, player 2 (couple 2) must be the winner of the match after subtracting 3 goals from their final score. Let's review two possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 1:5. When we subtract 3 goals from the final score of player 2 (pair 2), the score becomes 1:2. In this case, the bet is won, since after the handicap adjustment, player 2 (couple 2) is the winner of the match.

The match ended with the score 2:3. When we subtract 3 goals from the final score of player 2 (couple 2), the score becomes 2:0. In this case the bet is lost, since after the handicap adjustment, player 2 (pair 2) is not the winner of the match.

Total

Total: is offered to predict if the total number of goals scored during the match (by all players) will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument.

Total over: the number of goals scored during the match must exceed the selected value of the bet argument. In case the total number of goals and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: Total over (5). In this bet, "5" is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of goals scored during the match must be greater than 5. In case the total number of goals scored during the match is equal to 5, the bet will be refunded.

Total minus: the number of goals scored during the match must be less than the selected value of the bet argument. In case the total number of goals scored during the match and the argument of the value of the bet coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: Total low (7). In this bet, "7" is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of goals scored during the match must be less than 7. In case the total number of goals scored during the match is equal to 7, the bet will be refunded.

Individual total

Individual Total: is offered to predict whether the total number of goals scored by the particular player (pair) will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available:

  • Total player 1 (pair 1) plus/minus
  • Total player 2 (pair 2) plus/minus

Total over: the number of goals scored by the player (even) must exceed the selected value of the bet argument. In case the total number of goals scored by the player (couple) and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: Total Player 1 (pair 1) over (2). In this bet, "2" is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of goals scored by Player 1 (pair 1) must be greater than 2. In case the total number of goals scored by Player 1 (pair 1) is equal to 2, the stake will be refunded.

Total Under: The number of goals scored by the player (couple) must be less than the selected value of the bet argument. In case the total number of goals scored by the player (couple) and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: Total Player 1 (pair 1) low (2). In this bet, "2" is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of goals scored by Player 1 (pair 1) must be less than 2. In case the total number of goals scored by Player 1 (pair 1) is equal to 2, the bet will be refunded.

Game total

Game Total: offered to predict the total number of goals scored during a game

Total Odd/Even

Total Odd/Even: is offered to predict whether the total number of goals in the match (match) will be odd or even.

  • Even: the total number of goals in the match (game) will be an even number.
  • Odd: the total number of goals in the match (game) will be an odd number.

The example:

The bet: Total odd/odd even. The bet implies that the total number of goals in the match (match) will be an odd number. Suppose the match ended with the score 2:3. Thus, in total we receive 5. The bet will be settled as won, because 5 is an odd number.

Correct punctuation

Correct score: it is offered to predict the exact score of the match (match) according to the possible options included in the program.

The foosball game that has been interrupted and has not been continued or finished for 24 hours is considered unfinished. Bets, the results of which have already been determined at the time of their interruption and do not depend on the final result of the event, are subject to calculation, and all other bets are calculated with the odd "1".

Bets may be accepted for the other possible results of the Table Football, which will be offered in the program by the organizer.

Kabadi

Kabadi, also spelled kabbadi or kabadi, is a game played between two teams on opposite halves of a field or court. Individual players take turns crossing over to the other team's side; points are earned by marking as many opponents as possible without getting caught or taking a breath before returning to home territory. Each team consists of 7 players.

The following bets are offered for Kabaddi sport:

Result

Result: offers to predict which team will be the winner of the match. The following betting options are available:

  • Win 1:Team 1 wins.
  • X:The match ends in a draw.
  • Win 2:Team 2 wins.

Double chance

Double Chance:offered to predict two match results simultaneously, and if one of the results is correctly predicted, the bet will be settled as won. The following betting options are available:

  • 1X: the match ends with the victory of team 1 or a tie.
  • 12: the match ends with the victory of team 1 or team 2.
  • X2:the match ends with the victory of team 2 or a tie.

The example:

If the match ends with the score 45:45, bets 1X and X2 will be settled as won and bet 12 will be lost.

Handicap

Handicap:handicap is the advantage or disadvantage in points attributed to a team. The team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after making handicap adjustments.

Positive:In this type of handicap, the team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after the points advantage, the number of which is defined as the argument of the handicap, is added to the team's final score.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 2 (2). The bet is placed on team 2, and “2” is the handicap argument. For this bet to be settled as a win, Team 2 must be the winner of the match after adding the 2 point lead to their final score. Let's review three possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 53:52. When we add the 2 point lead to Team 2's final score, the score becomes 53:54. In this case, the bet wins, since after adjustment of the handicap advantage, team 2 is the winner of the match.

The match ended with the score 53:50. When we add the 2 point lead to Team 2's final score, the score becomes 53:52. In this case, the bet is lost, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, team 2 is not the winner of the match.

The match ended with the score 53:51. When we add the 2-point lead to Team 2's final score, the score becomes 53:53. In this case, the bet is refunded, since after the adjustment of the handicap advantage, the result becomes a draw.

Negative:In this type of handicap, the team on which the bet is placed must become the winner of the match after subtracting from the team's final score the number of points defined by the argument of the handicap value.

The example:

The bet: Handicap 1(-2): The bet is placed on team 1 and "-2" is the handicap argument. To win the bet, team 1 must be the winner of the match after subtracting 2 points from their final score. Let's review the possible outcomes of this bet:

The match ended with the score 54:51. When we subtract 2 points from Team 1's final score, the score becomes 52:51. In this case, the bet wins, since after handicap adjustments, team 1 is still the winner of the match.

The match ended with the score 52:51. When we subtract 2 points from Team 1's final score, the score becomes 50:51. In this case, the bet is lost, since after handicap adjustments, team 1 is no longer the winner of the match.

The match ended with the score 54:52. When we subtract 2 points from Team 1's final score, the score becomes 52:52. In this case, the bet is refunded, since after handicap adjustments, the result becomes a draw.

Asian Handicap

Asian Handicap:In this type of bet, the value of the handicap argument is the number, which is the multiple of 0.25 (which means that you can hit for 0.25 without rest). For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc When you place an Asian handicap bet, your bet amount is automatically called on two equal bets with the same odds, however, with two different bet arguments. Here, the argument of a bet will be the number that is received when we add 0.25 to the value of the general argument. The argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after subtracting 0.25 from the value of the argument.

The example:

The bet is Handicap 2 (1.75) at odds 3. The bet is placed on team 2 and "1.75" is the argument of the bet here. Suppose the bet amount was 100; means that the bet is requested in two bets:

Handicap 2 (1.5), with the bet amount 50 and odds 3(bet argument here: 1.75-0.25)

Handicap 2 (2), with the bet amount 50 and odds 3(bet argument here: 1.75+0.25)

Therefore, we receive two regular handicap bets and the calculation will be made on the results of these two bets. Let us now review the possible calculation options for this bet:

The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely won. It means that two bets will be won: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2). For example, with the score 50:49, both bets will win. To calculate the win amount, the overall bet amount is multiplied by the odds of the bet. The bet amount is 100 and the probability is 3. Therefore, the amount won is 100 × 3 = 300.

The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is completely lost. It means that two bets will be lost: Handicap 2 (1.5) and Handicap 2 (2). For example, with the score 53:50, both bets will be lost.

The bet Handicap 2 (1.75) is partially lost and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets will be lost and the other will be refunded. For example, at 52:50, the Handicap 2 (2) bet will be refunded and the Handicap 2 (1.5) bet will be lost. In this case, the refunded amount will be equal to half the amount of the general bet.The general bet amount is 100, so the refunded amount will be 50.

Now, let's review the example of the Asian handicap bet, which is calculated as partially won and partially refunded:

The bet is Handicap 2 (0.25) with odds 2, the bet amount is 200. The bet is placed on team 2 and "0.25" is the argument of the bet. It means that the bet is requested in two bets:

Handicap 2 (0.5), with the bet amount of 100 and the odd of 2 (the bet argument here: 0.25+0.25)

Handicap 2(0), with bet amount of 100 and odds of 2 (bet argument here: 0.25-0.25)

Suppose the match ended with the score 50-50. Then this bet will be calculated as partially won and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets is settled as won and the other as refunded. In this case, the bet: Handicap 2 (0.5) will be settled as won and the bet Handicap 2 (0) will be settled as refunded. The winning amount is calculated according to the following formula:

bet amount × (odds+1) ÷ 2

So, if we calculate the amount of the bet, it will be 200 × (2+1)÷2=300.

Total

Total:offers to predict whether the total number of points scored will be over or under the selected value of the bet argument. The following betting options are available.

Total Over:the number of points must exceed the selected value of the bet argument. In case the total number of points and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet is refunded.

The example:

The bet: total over (45). In this bet, "45" is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of points scored in the match must be greater than 45. In case the total number of points is equal to 45, the bet will be refunded.

Total Low:The number of points must be less than the selected value of the bet argument. In case the total number of points and the value of the bet argument coincide, the bet will be refunded.

The example:

The bet: low total (45). In this bet, "45" is the argument of the bet. Therefore, to win the bet, the total number of points scored in the match must be less than 45. In case the total number of points is equal to 45, the bet will be refunded.

Total Asian

Asia Total:In this type of total bet, the argument of the value of the bet is the number, which is the multiple of 0.25 (which means that you can ask for 0 .25 leaving no remainder). For example, 0.25; 1.25; 1.75 etc When you place an Asian total bet, your bet amount is automatically called on two equal bets with the same odds, but with two different total arguments. Here, the argument of a bet will be the number that is received, after adding 0.25 to the value of the argument. The argument of the other bet will be the number, which is received after subtracting 0.25 from the value of the argument.

The example:

The bet: Total over (90.75) with odds of 2.5. Here "0.75" is the argument of the bet. Suppose the bet amount was 200. Therefore, we receive two regular bets in total:

Total over (91)with bet amount of 100 and odds of 2.5 (bet argument here is 90.75+0.25)

Total Over (90.5)with bet amount of 100 and odds of 2.5 (bet argument here is 90.75-0.25)

Therefore, we receive two ordinary total bets and the calculation will be made on the results of these two bets. Let's review the possible calculation options for this bet:

Total bet greater than (90.75) is completely won. It means that two bets: Total plus (91) and Total plus (90.5) must be resolved as won. For example, in case the match result is 46:46, both bets will be settled as won. To calculate the winning amount, the overall bet amount is multiplied by the odds of the bet. In this case, 200 × 2.5 = 500.

The total bet greater than (90.75) is completely lost. It means that two bets: Total plus (91) and Total plus (90.5) must be resolved as lost. For example, in case the match result is 45:45, both bets will be settled as lost. In this case, the player loses the amount of the bet.

The total bet greater than (0.75) is partially won and partially refunded. It means that one of the bets must be settled as earned and the other as redeemed. For example, in case the match result is 45:46, the bet: Total plus (90.5) will be settled as won and the bet: Total plus (1) will be settled as refunded. The winning amount here is calculated according to the following formula:

bet amount × (odds+1) ÷ 2

So, if we calculate the amount of the bet, it will be 200 × (2.5+1) ÷2=350.

Now let's review the example of the Asian total, which will be calculated as partially lost and partially refunded.

The bet: low total (91.75) with odds of 1.5. Here "91.75" is the argument of the bet. Suppose the bet amount is 300. Therefore, we receive two regular bets in total:

Low total (92) with bet amount of 150 and odds of 1.5 (bet argument here is 91.75+0.25)

Low total (91.5) with bet amount of 150 and odds of 1.5 (bet argument here is 91.75-0.25)

Suppose the game ended with the score at 47:45. Then this bet will be calculated as partially lost and partially refunded. In this case, the bet: Total less than (91.5) will be settled as lost and the bet: Total less than (92) will be settled as refunded. In this case, the user will be refunded half of the amount of the general bet. The general bet amount was 300, so the refunded amount will be 150.

Total Odd/Even

Total Odd/Even:offered to predict whether the total number of points scored in the match will be an odd or even number. The following betting options are available.

  • Even: the total number of points scored in the match will be even.
  • Odd: the total number of points scored in the match will be odd.